Download
Share
Print this page
Siemens SINAMICS G120 List Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Siemens Manuals
  4. Control Unit
  5. SINAMICS G120
  6. List manual

Siemens SINAMICS G120 List Manual

Cu250s-2 control units
Hide thumbs Also See for SINAMICS G120:
1
2
3
4
Table Of Contents
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990

Advertisement

Quick Links

See also: Function Manual , Installation Instructions & Owner's Manual
List Manual
SINAMICS
SINAMICS G120
CU250S-2 Control Units
Edition
09/2017
www.siemens.com/drives

Advertisement

loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the SINAMICS G120 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Siemens SINAMICS G120

Summary of Contents for Siemens SINAMICS G120

  • Page 1 List Manual SINAMICS SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units Edition 09/2017 www.siemens.com/drives...

  • Page 3: Parameters

    Fundamental safety instructions Parameters SINAMICS Function diagrams SINAMICS G120 Faults and alarms CU250S-2 Control Units Appendix List Manual Index Valid for Control Units Firmware version CU250S-2 USS 4.7 SP9 CU250S-2 CAN 4.7 SP9 CU250S-2 DP 4.7 SP9 CU250S-2 PN 4.7 SP9...

  • Page 4: Content

    Note the following: WARNING Siemens products are only permitted to be used for the applications envisaged in the catalog and in the associated technical documentation. If third-party products and components are to be used, they must be recommended or approved by Siemens. These products can only function correctly and safely if they are transported, stored, set up, mounted, installed, commissioned, operated and maintained correctly.

  • Page 5: Table Of Contents

    Safety Integrated Basic Functions ..........SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units...

  • Page 6: Table Of Contents

    Index ................1243 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units...
  • Page 7 Fundamental safety instructions Content General safety instructions Warranty and liability for application examples Industrial security SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 8: Fundamental Safety

    You are responsible for the proper operation of the described products. These application examples do not relieve you of your responsibility for safe handling when using, installing, operating and maintaining the equipment. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 9 Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development to make them more secure. Siemens strongly recommends to apply product updates as soon as available and to always use the latest product versions. Use of product versions that are no longer supported, and failure to apply latest updates may increase customer’s exposure to cyber threats.

  • Page 10: Industrial Security

    1 Fundamental safety instructions 1.3 Industrial security SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 11 Parameters Content Overview of parameters List of parameters Command and drive data sets - overview BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) Parameters for write protection and know-how protection Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 12: Function Diagrams

    - - - - - - - - - - - - End of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The individual pieces of information are described in detail below. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 13: Overview Of Parameters

    The fields "Min", "Max" and "Factory setting" are specified with a dash "-" and the relevant unit in square parentheses. Note The parameter list can contain parameters that are not visible in the expert lists of the particular commissioning software (e.g. parameters for trace functions). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 14 Power Module for standard applications with dynamic braking PM240 3 AC 400 V PM240-2 1 AC / 3 AC 230 V; 3 AC 400 V; 3 AC 690 V PM240P-2 3 AC 400 V; 3 AC 690 V SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 15 In this case, the values at "Factory setting" do not correspond to the actual values because these values are calculated during the commissioning. This also applies to the motor parameters. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 16 – – – BO: FloatingPoint32 – – – – Legend: x: BICO interconnection permitted –: –: BICO interconnection not permitted rxxxx: BICO interconnection is only permitted for the specified CO parameters SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 17 • 4000H: 4000 hex = 100 % (wort) or 4000 0000 hex = 100 % (double word) • p0514: specific normalization Refer to the description for p0514[0…9] and p0515[0…19] to p0524[0…19] SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 18 Note Information on the data sets can be taken from the following references: • Operating Instructions SINAMICS G120 Frequency Inverter with CU250S-2 Control Units. Unit group and unit selection The standard unit of a parameter is specified in square parentheses after the values for "Min", "Max", and "Factory setting".
  • Page 19 The values that can be set and the technological units are shown in p0595. Function diagram The parameter is included in this function diagram. The structure of the parameter function and its relationship with other parameters is shown in the specified function diagram. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 20 When all indices have the same factory setting, index 0 is specified with the unit to represent all indices. When the indices have different factory settings, they are all listed individually with the unit. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 21: Faults And Alarms

    "Legal information (Page 4)". Notice The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this manual, see "Legal information (Page 4)". Note Information that the user may find useful. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 22: Number Ranges Of Parameters

    2139 Faults and alarms 2140 2199 Signals and monitoring 2200 2359 Technology controller 2360 2399 Staging, hibernation 2500 2699 Position control (LR) and basic positioning (EPOS) 2700 2719 Reference values, display SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 23 7839 EEPROM read/write parameters 7840 8399 Internal system parameters 8400 8449 Real-time clock (RTC) 8500 8599 Data and macro management 8600 8799 CAN bus 8800 8899 Communication Board Ethernet (CBE), PROFIdrive SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 24 11299 Free technology controller 0, 1, 2 20000 20999 Free function blocks (FBLOCKS) 21000 25999 Drive Control Chart (DCC) 50000 53999 SINAMICS DC MASTER (closed-loop DC current control) 61000 61001 PROFINET SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 25 Can be changed: C, U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the access level to read and write parameters. Value: Expert Service SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 26: List Of Parameters

    Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active. Note: Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 27 Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022) and unsmoothed (r0063). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 28 When measuring a DC link voltage < 200 V, for the Power Module a valid measured value is not supplied. In this case, when an external 24 V power supply is connected, a value of approx. 24 V is displayed in the display parameter. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 29 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6799 Factory setting - [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Displays the smoothed torque-generating actual current. Dependency: Refer to: r0078 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 30 - Actual torque limit = - M_max lower effective (r1539) For the actual torque limit = 0, the following applies: r0033 = 100 % For the actual torque limit < 0, the following applies: r0033 = 0 % SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 31 - this temperature display is not valid (temperature sensor error). - a PTC sensor or bimetallic NC contact is connected. - the temperature sensor of the synchronous motor is deactivated (p0600 = 0 or p0601 = 0). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 32 3, 6, 11, 14...18] is only relevant for chassis power units. In the case of a fault, the particular shutdown threshold depends on the power unit, and cannot be read out. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 33 This display is used for a fluid-flow machine. The flow characteristic is entered into p3320 ... p3329. For an operating time of below 100 hours, the display is interpolated up to 100 hours. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 34 Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal OFF1 enable missing 7954 OFF2 enable missing OFF3 enable missing Operation enable missing Armature short-circuit / DC braking enable missing STOP2 enable missing SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 35 Bit 17 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - commissioning mode is selected (p0010 > 0). - there is an OFF2 fault response. - the drive is inactive (p0105 = 0) or is not operational (r7850[DO-Index]=0). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 36 230: Identification rotor time constant 240: Identification stator inductance 250: Identification stator inductance LQLD 260: Identification circuit 270: Identification stator resistance 290: Identification valve lockout time 300: Stationary measurement selected SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 37 Factory setting Description: Display and connector output for status word 1. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Ready for switching on Ready Operation enabled Fault present Coast down active (OFF2) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 38 Ramp-up/ramp-down completed Technology controller output at the lower limit Technology controller output at the upper limit Notice: p2081 is used to define the signal sources of the PROFIdrive status word interconnection. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 39 Bit 08: r0898 Bit 8 Bit 09: r0898 Bit 9 Bit 10: r0898 Bit 10 Bit 11: r1198 Bit 11 Bit 13: r1198 Bit 13 Bit 14: r1198 Bit 14 Bit 15: r0836 Bit 0 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 40 Pulse enable available Soft starting present Magnetizing completed Voltage boost when starting Active Inactive 6301 Acceleration voltage Active Inactive 6301 Frequency negative Field weakening active Voltage limit active 6714 Slip limit active 6310 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 41 Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the unsmoothed actual speed values sensed by the encoders. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 42 Factory setting - [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz] Description: Display and connector output for the unsmoothed output frequency of the power unit. Frequency components from the slip compensation (induction motor) are included. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 43 In indices 3 ... 5, the offset currents of the 3 phases, which are added to correct the phase currents, are displayed. The sum of the 3 corrected phase currents is displayed in index 6. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 44 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723, 6724 Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the maximum modulation depth. Dependency: Refer to: p1803 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 45 Display and connector output for the torque-generating current setpoint. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 46 The torque utilization is obtained from the required torque referred to the torque limit as follows: - Positive torque: r0081 = (r0079 / r1538) * 100 % - Negative torque: r0081 = (-r0079 / -r1539) * 100 % SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 47 - [V] Description: Displays the actual phase voltage. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W Note: The values are determined from the transistor switch-on duration. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 48 Refer to: r0206, p0210, p0300, p0304, p0305, p0307, p0308, p0309, p0310, p0311, p0314, p0320, p0322, p0323, p0335, r0337, p1800 Note: The parameter value is not reset when the factory setting is restored (p0010 = 30, p0970). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 49 Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Configuration of the motor when commissioning the motor. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Motor connection type Delta Star Motor 87 Hz operation SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 50 Refer to: p0010, r3996 Notice: When the data sets are created, short-term communication interruptions may occur. Note: It is possible to toggle between command parameters (BICO parameters) using this data set changeover. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 51 Displays the bootloader version 3 (for CU320-2 and CU310-2) Value 0 means that boot loader 3 is not available. Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0148, r0198 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 52 MICROMASTER 440 MICROMASTER 411 MICROMASTER 410 MICROMASTER 436 MICROMASTER 440 PX MICROMASTER 430 100: SINAMICS S 101: SINAMICS S (value) 102: SINAMICS S (combi) 103: SINAMICS S120M (distributed) 112: PM220 (SINAMICS G120) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 53 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 113: PM230 (SINAMICS G120) 114: PM240 (SINAMICS G120 / S120) 115: PM250 (SINAMICS G120 / S120) 116: PM260 (SINAMICS G120) 118: SINAMICS G120 Px 120: PM340 (SINAMICS S120 / G120) 126: SINAMICS ET200PRO 130:...
  • Page 54 [1] = Load duty cycle with low overload [2] = Load duty cycle with high overload [3] = S1 cont duty cyc [4] = S6 load duty cycle Dependency: Refer to: p0205 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 55 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.00 [kW] 20000.00 [kW] 0.00 [kW] Description: Sets the braking power of the connected braking resistor. Dependency: Refer to: p1127, p1240, p1280, p1531 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 56 = 1: Power units with output reactor are limited to output frequencies of 150 Hz. p0230 = 3: Power units with sine-wave filter are limited to output frequencies of 200 Hz. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 57 Description: Enter the inductance of a filter connected at the power unit output. Dependency: This parameter is automatically pre-set when you select a filter via p0230 if a SIEMENS filter is defined for the power unit. Refer to: p0230 Note: When exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 = 1, the parameter value is set to the value of the defined SIEMENS filter or to zero.
  • Page 58 No reduction shutdown when overload threshold is reached Reduce I_output or f_output and f_pulse (not using I2t) Reduce the pulse frequency (not using I2t) I_output or f_output and automatic pulse frequency reduction Automatic pulse frequency reduction SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 59 If this threshold is exceeded, an overload alarm is generated and the system responds as parameterized in p0290. Dependency: Refer to: r0036, p0290 Refer to: A07805 Note: The I2t fault threshold is 100 %. If this value is exceeded, fault F30005 is output. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 60 The type information must be entered to filter motor-specific parameters and to optimize the operating characteristics and behavior. For example, for synchronous motors, power factor (p0308) is neither used nor displayed (in the BOP/AOP). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 61 (write protection). The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e.g. p0300 = 1 for p0301 = 1xxxx). Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.
  • Page 62 (write protection). The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e.g. p0300 = 1 for p0301 = 1xxxx). Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.
  • Page 63 This also applies for parameters for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. In this case p0300 can only be set to p0300 = 10000 or 10001 (read motor parameters) or to the corresponding non-Siemens motor (first digit of the motor code number) in order to be able to cancel the write protection.
  • Page 64 NEMA drives (p0100 = 2): Unit kW Refer to: p0100 Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 65 Once the Control Unit has been booted up for the first time or if the factory settings have been defined accordingly, the parameter is defined in accordance with the power unit. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 66 Refer to: p0307, p0310, p0311, p0314 Note: For the automatic calculation, the pole pair number is set to the value of 2 if the rated speed or the rated frequency is zero. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 67 Description: Induction motors: Sets the rated motor magnetizing current. For p0320 = 0.000 the magnetizing current is internally calculated and displayed in r0331. Synchronous motors: Sets the rated motor short-circuit current. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 68 The value is automatically pre-assigned for the following events: - For p0325 = 0 and automatic calculation of the closed-loop control parameters (p0340 = 1, 2, 3). - for quick commissioning (p3900 = 1, 2, 3). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 69 If p0329 is too small in order to determine the pole position (for p1980 = 1), then p0323 must be first parameterized and significantly greater than p0329. Refer to: p0325, p1980, r1984, r1985, r1987 Refer to: F07969 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 70 Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm] Description: Displays the rated motor torque. Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit Nm NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lbf ft SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 71 Setting to automatically calculate motor parameters and U/f open-loop and closed-loop control parameters from the rating plate data. Value: No calculation Complete calculation Calculation of equivalent circuit diagram parameters Calculation of closed-loop control parameters Calculation of controller parameters Calculation of technological limits and threshold values SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 72 This means that together with p0341, the rated starting (accelerating time) of the motor is calculated for a vector drive. Refer to: p0341, r0345, p1498 Note: The product of p0341 * p0342 is used when the speed controller (p0340 = 4) is calculated automatically. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 73 For permanent-magnet synchronous motors and vector control, the value depends on the stator time constant (r0386). Here, it defines the time to establish the current for encoderless operation immediately after the pulses have been enabled. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 74 Sets the rotor/secondary section resistance of the motor at the ambient temperature p0625. This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1, 2) or using the motor data identification routine (p1910). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 75 If the rotor leakage inductance (p0358) for induction motors is changed outside the commissioning phase (p0010 > 0), then the magnetizing inductance (p0360) is automatically adapted to the new EMF (r0337). You are then advised to repeat the measurement for the saturation characteristic (p1960). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 76 For induction motors, p0363 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 77 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 Refer to: p0362 Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 78 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 Refer to: p0365 Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 79 Displays the nominal rotor resistance of the motor at the rated temperature. The rated temperature is the sum of p0625 and p0628. Dependency: Refer to: p0628 Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 80 The value is calculated from the total of all leakage inductances (p0233, p0356, p0358) divided by the total of all motor resistances (p0350, p0352, p0354). The temperature adaptation of the resistances is not taken into account. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 81 Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.0 [°] 90.0 [°] 90.0 [°] Description: Maximum angle when calculating the polynomial function to decouple the magnetic flux axes for permanent-magnet synchronous motors (see p0398, p0399). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 82 10000: Identify encoder 10050: Encoder with EnDat2.x interface identified 10051: DRIVE-CLiQ encoder identified 10058: Digital encoder (absolute) identified 10059: Digital encoder (incremental) identified 10100: Identify encoder (waiting) Dependency: Refer to: p0468 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 83 It is only possible to identify the gearbox type for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. Parameters p0410, p0432 and p0433 are set corresponding to the identified gearbox. If an identification is not possible, then p0402 is set to 9999. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 84 The distance (clearance) between two or several consecutive zero marks allows the absolute position to be calculated. For bit 15 (commutation with zero mark): Only applicable for synchronous motors. The function can be de-selected by priority via p0430.23. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 85 When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: The number of pole pairs for a resolver is entered here. The smallest permissible value is 1 pulse. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 86 This parameter is pre-set with p0421 and can be changed. p0411.3 = 1: The parameter value is pre-set to the highest possible value. The highest possible value depends on the pulse number (p0408) and the fine resolution (p0419). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 87 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 4704, 4710 Factory setting Description: Sets the fine resolution in bits of the absolute position actual values. Dependency: Refer to: p0418 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 88 This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 89 This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: SSI: Synchronous Serial Interface SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 90 Switch off encoder voltage supply during parking Extrapolate position values Cubic correction Phase correction Amplitude correction Offset correction Notice: A bit-wise configuration is only possible if the corresponding property is also present in r0458. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 91 The angular offset in p0431 acts on track A/B, the zero mark on track C/D. For p0404.6 = 1 (Hall sensor) the following applies: The angular offset in p0431 acts on track A/B and the zero mark. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 92 --> The evaluation is switched in and the error bit is at position 13 with a low level. p0434 = 1113 --> The evaluation is switched in and the error bit is at position 13 with a high level. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 93 Zero mark edge detection Correction position actual value XIST1 Edge evaluation bit 0 Edge evaluation bit 1 Freeze the speed actual value for dn/dt errors Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Fault handling after PROFIdrive SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 94 F31151, F32151, or F33151 is output. For bit 31: When monitoring is active, the levels of the individual track signals and the corresponding inverted track signals are monitored separately. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 95 3.) For p1990 = 1. p0440 is automatically set to 0 when the copying has been completed. In order to permanently accept the copied values, it is necessary to save in a non-volatile fashion (p0977). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 96 Serial number part 5 of the encoder for the commissioning. Dependency: Refer to: p0440, p0441, p0442, p0443, p0444, r0460, r0461, r0462, r0463, r0464 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 97 When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: This parameter is only of significance for p0429.2 = 1. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 98 [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Linear encoder Absolute encoder Multiturn encoder Track A/B square-wave Track A/B sine SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 99 Remote sense (only SMC30) Resolver excitation Dependency: Refer to: p0404 Note: ZM: Zero mark This parameter is only used for diagnostics. A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 100 When the property is set, the following parameters can be changed without the actual value in the encoder interface becoming invalid (state r0481.14 = 1 "parking encoder active"): p0314, p0315, p0430, p0431, p0441, p0442, p0443, p0444, p0445 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 101 A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. For bit 09: Parameter p0426 or p0439 has been modified. These functions are not supported by the connected Sensor Module. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 102 Displays the actual serial number part 4 of the appropriate encoder. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p0441, p0442, p0443, p0444, p0445, r0460, r0461, r0462, r0464 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 103 An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual. Note: The individual characters of the identification number/serial number are available coded as ASCII characters. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 104 Reason: These interconnections are updated in the background, unlike interconnections involving other connector outputs (e.g. CO: r0482). The value is immediately available when non-cyclically reading r0479 (e.g. via the expert list). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 105 Absolute value cyclically Displayed in r0483 Parking encoder active Encoder fault Displayed in r0483 None Notice: Information on Gn_STW/Gn_ZSW can, e.g. be found in the following literature: SINAMICS S120 Function Manual Drive Functions SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 106 - if GxZSW.15 = 1 (r0481), then an error code with the following significance is located in Gx_XIST2 (r0483): 1: Encoder fault. 2: Possible position shift in Gx_XIST1. 3: Encoder parking not possible. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 107 Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Request function 1 Request function 2 Request function 3 Request function 4 Request command bit 0 Request command bit 1 Request command bit 2 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 108 DI/DO 25 (X208-4) DI/DO 26 (X208-5) DI/DO 27 (X208-6) Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p0488, p0490, p0728 Note: DI: Digital Input SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 109 Same function as for value = 1. However, faults are output as alarm and the message bit "Fault active" (r2139.3) is not set. The encoder fault has to be acknowledged via the encoder interface in order to resume operation with encoder. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 110 DI/DO 24 (X208-3) DI/DO 25 (X208-4) DI/DO 26 (X208-5) DI/DO 27 (X208-6) Dependency: Refer to: p0490 Note: Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. The terminal must be set as input. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 111 For p0496 = 12: 180 ° fine position <--> 32768 dec For p0496 = 13 (resolver): 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec For p0496 = 13 (int. resolver): 1300 mV <--> 5875 dec SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 112 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the trace signal for encoder diagnostics (low component). The signal to be output is selected in p0496. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 113 - p1574 = 2 V (separately excited synchronous motor: 4 V) - p1750.2 = 1 - p1802 = 4 (SVM/FLB without overcontrol) (PM240: p1802 = 0) - p1803 = 106 % (PM260: p1803 = 103 %) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 114 - p1574 = 2 V (separately excited synchronous motor: 4 V) - p1750.2 = 1 - p1802 = 4 (SVM/FLB without overcontrol) (PM240: p1802 = 0) - p1803 = 106 % (PM260: p1803 = 103 %) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 115 The parameter influences the calculation of open-loop and closed-loop control parameters that is e.g. initiated using p0340 or p3900. Value: Standard drive (e.g. pumps, fans) Dynamic starting or reversing Heavy-duty starting (e.g. extruders, compressors) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 116 - set the numbers of the parameters, which should be active for the scaling, corresponding to the index of p0514 (p0515[0...19] ... p0524[0...19]). For parameters with the marking "Scaling: p0514", which are not entered in p0515[0...19] to p0524[0...19], the reference value 1.0 (factory setting) applies. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 117 Factory setting 4294967295 Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[2] for the specific scaling. p0517[0]: parameter number p0517[1]: parameter number p0517[2]: parameter number p0517[19]: parameter number Dependency: Refer to: p0514 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 118 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 4294967295 Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[6] for the specific scaling. p0521[0]: parameter number p0521[1]: parameter number SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 119 Factory setting 4294967295 Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[9] for the specific scaling. p0524[0]: parameter number p0524[1]: parameter number p0524[2]: parameter number p0524[19]: parameter number Dependency: Refer to: p0514 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 120 - for p0324 = 0 or p0532 = 0, p0322 is used. - for p0324 > 0 and p0532 > 0, the minimum value from the two parameters is used. Dependency: Refer to: p0301, p0322, p0530, p1082 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 121 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 2147483647 Description: Sets the denominator for the overall ratio of the load gearbox. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 122 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0 [kgm²] 2147483647 [kgm²] 0 [kgm²] Description: Sets the brake moment of inertia. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 123 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the number of pulses per revolution (e.g. for disks with holes). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 124 Displays the number of measuring pulses that have occurred (been received) up until now. Dependency: Refer to: p0580 Note: After reaching 4294967295 (2^32 - 1), the counter starts again at 0. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 125 For p0595 = 1, 2, the reference quantity set in p0596 is not active. Value: 1 referred no dimensions °C ltr/s m³/s ltr/min m³/min ltr/h m³/h kg/s kg/min kg/h t/min °F gallon/s inch³/s gallon/min inch³/min gallon/h inch³/h lb/s lb/min lb/h lbf ft parts/min ft³/s SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 126 For p0600 = 0: With induction motors, the motor temperature is calculated using the motor temperature model (see also p0612.1). For p0600 = 1: Bimetallic switch (p0601 = 4) is not supported. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 127 The following applies for firmware version < 4.7 SP6 or p0612.8 = 0: - sets the alarm threshold. If the model temperature (r0034) exceeds the alarm threshold, then alarm A07012 is output. - this value is simultaneously used as rated winding temperature. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 128 If the motor is an induction motor, the timer is switched off when setting the minimum value and no alarm is output. Temperature monitoring is then based on the thermal model. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 129 When parameter p0611 is reset to 0, then this switches out the thermal I2t motor model (refer to p0612). If no temperature sensor is parameterized, then the ambient temperature for the thermal motor model is referred to p0625. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 130 From firmware version 4.7 the following applies (bits 1 and 9): - this bit should be set. Temperature model 2 then operates in the extended mode and the result of the model is more precise. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 131 - p5391 is of significance for evaluating the fault threshold. Dependency: The parameter is only used for motor temperature model 1 (I2t). Refer to: r0034, p0611, p0612 Refer to: F07011, A07012 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 132 = 3: only for synchronous motors - enter the stator resistance in p0350. - switch-on with the motor cold Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p0622, r0623 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 133 3: Parameter p0622 is internally limited to the magnetizing time p0346. The speed is enabled after measurement has been completed, but not before the time in p0346 has elapsed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 134 The following applies from firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.8 = 1: Overtemperature at the rated operating point. - motor temperature model 2 (p0612.1 = 1): Overtemperature at the rated operating point. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 135 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8017, 8018 Factory setting - [°C] - [°C] - [°C] Description: Displays the stator winding temperature of the motor temperature model. Dependency: Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07910 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 136 The non-linear and cross-coupled quadrature axis flux functions are defined using 4 coefficients. This parameter describes the gradients of the saturated component over the quadrature axis current. Dependency: Refer to: p0634, p0635, p0636 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 137 Description: Sets the service/maintenance intervals in hours for the appropriate motor. An appropriate message is output when the operating hours set here are reached. Dependency: Refer to: p0650 Refer to: A01590 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 138 DI/DO 26 (T. 53) High DI/DO 27 (T. 54) High Note: If a DI/DO is parameterized as output (p0728.x = 1), then r0721.x = 0 is displayed. DI: Digital Input DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 139 DI 18 (T. 43) High DI 19 (T. 44) High DI/DO 24 (T. 51) High DI/DO 25 (T. 52) High DI/DO 26 (T. 53) High DI/DO 27 (T. 54) High Dependency: Refer to: r0722 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 140 DI/DO 26 (T. 53) High DI/DO 27 (T. 54) High Dependency: Refer to: p0728, p0738, p0739, p0740, p0741, r0747, p0748 Note: The DI/DO must be connected as output (p0728). DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 141 Alarm present r0052.9 Control request r0052.14 Motor rotates forwards r0053.0 DC braking active r0053.1 n_act > p2167 (n_off) r0053.2 n_act <= p1080 (n_min) r0053.3 I_act > p2170 r0053.4 n_act > p2155 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 142 The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p0728.24 = 1). DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 143 DI/DO 27 (T. 54) High Notice: Regarding the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320, the second for CU310. Note: Inversion using p0748 has been taken into account. DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 144 [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4) [1] = AI1 (T. 10/11) Dependency: The type of analog input AIx (voltage or current input) is set using p0756. Refer to: p0756 Note: AI: Analog Input T: Terminal SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 145 If the system is operated when the load resistor is switched on (DIP switch set to "I"), the voltage between differential inputs AI+ and AI- must not exceed 10 V or the injected 80 mA current otherwise the input will be damaged. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 146 This parameter specifies the x coordinate (V, mA) of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic. Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4) [1] = AI1 (T. 10/11) Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 147 Analog input type bipolar (e.g. -10 V ... +10 V): The dead zone is located at the symmetrical center between characteristic value x1/y1 (p0757/p0758) and x2/y2 (p0759/p0760). The set value doubles the dead zone. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 148 Displays the actual output voltage or output current at the analog outputs. Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13) [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) Dependency: Refer to: p0776 Note: AO: Analog Output T: Terminal SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 149 [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) Dependency: Refer to: p0776 Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p0776 (type of analog outputs). Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 150 The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog output type. Refer to: p0776 Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p0776 (type of analog outputs). Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 151 Refer to: p0771 Note: AO: Analog Output The following interconnections must be established to control the analog outputs via fieldbus: - AO 0: p0771[0] with p0791[0] - AO 1: p0771[1] with p0791[1] SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 152 DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 High DI 12 (T. 10, 11) AI 1 High DI 16 (T. 41) High DI 17 (T. 42) High DI 18 (T. 43) High SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 153 Sets the number for data transfer of a parameter backup from/to memory card. Transfer from memory card to device memory (p0804 = 1): - sets the source of parameter backup (e.g. p0802 = 48 --> PS048xxx.ACX is the source). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 154 --> this parameter backup can be loaded to the volatile device memory using p0010 = 30 and p0970 = 10. --> to permanently save in the device memory and also on the memory card, this parameter backup should be saved using p0971 = 1. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 155 = 2 (start data transfer from device memory to memory card) --> PS000xxx.ACX is transferred from device memory to memory card and stored as PS022xxx.ACX. --> the parameter backup PS022xxx.ACX on the memory card can be used for data backup. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 156 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source to block the master control. Dependency: Refer to: r0807 Note: The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control, for example. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 157 The Command Data Set selected using the binector inputs is displayed in r0836. The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050. A Command Data Set can be copied using p0809. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 158 Sets the signal source to select the Drive Data Set, bit 0 (DDS, bit 0). Dependency: Refer to: r0051, r0837 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 159 A data set changeover is only carried out when rotating measurement is not running. For bit 08: A data set changeover is only carried out when motor data identification is not running. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 160 The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: For drives with closed-loop speed control (p1300 = 20, 21), the following applies: - BI: p0840 = 0 signal: OFF1 (braking with the ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 161 - BI: p0840 = 0 signal: OFF1 (precharging contactor/line contactor open) - BI: p0840 = 0/1 signal: ON (precharging contactor/line contactor close) r0863.1 of a drive can also be selected as signal source. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 162 The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: For Active Line Modules, Smart Line Modules and binector input p0844 = 0 signal or p0845 = 0 signal, the following applies: - precharging contactor/line contactor is additionally opened. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 163 For drives with closed-loop torque control (activated using p1501), the following applies: BI: p0848 = 0 signal: - no dedicated braking response, but pulse suppression when standstill is detected (p1226, p1227). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 164 For drives with closed-loop torque control (activated using p1501), the following applies: BI: p0849 = 0 signal: - no dedicated braking response, but pulse suppression when standstill is detected (p1226, p1227). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 165 For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 10 (STW1.10). BI: p0854 = 0 signal No control by PLC BI: p0854 = 1 signal Master control by PLC. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 166 Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: r0898 Note: If "enable speed controller" is withdrawn, then an existing brake will be closed. If "enable speed controller" is withdrawn, the pulses are not suppressed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 167 The state of the line contactor is monitored depending on signal BO: r0863.1. When the monitoring is activated (BI: p0860 not equal to r0863.1), fault F07300 is then also output if the contactor is closed before it is controlled using r0863.1. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 168 Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the sequence control. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Keep main contactor closed for STO Dependency: Refer to: p0867 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 169 Enable ramp-function generator Continue ramp-function generator Enable speed setpoint Command open brake Jog 1 3001 Jog 2 3001 Master control by PLC Speed controller enable Command close brake Note: OC: Operating condition SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 170 --> A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. Note: Permissible PROFIBUS addresses: 1 ... 126 Address 126 is used for commissioning. Every PROFIBUS address change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 171 The sign-of-life signal is normally received in PZD4 (control word 2) from the master. Dependency: Refer to: p2045, r2065 Refer to: F01912 Note: The sign-of-life monitoring is disabled for p0925 = 65535. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 172 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060 Factory setting Description: Lists the fault codes stored in the drive unit. The indices can only be accessed with a valid fault code. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 173 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the corresponding value for the PROFIBUS baud rate. Value: 9.6 kbit/s 19.2 kbit/s SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 174 = 2 --> 2 drive objects r0964[6] = 200 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V04.03.02.00) Device type: r0964[1] = 6363 --> SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 VECTOR r0964[1] = 6360 --> SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2_DP VECTOR r0964[1] = 6361 --> SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2_PN VECTOR r0964[1] = 6362 -->...
  • Page 175 (F01659) is output with fault value 2. The following generally applies: One index of parameters p2100, p2101, p2118, p2119, p2126, p2127 is not reset, if a parameterized message is precisely active in this index. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 176 The reset is executed after interrupting cyclic communication. This setting is used to implement a synchronized reset by a control for several drive units. If cyclic communication is not active, then the reset is immediately executed. After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 177 ... r0989[0...299] The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 178 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive. Dependency: Refer to: r0990, r0999 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 179 Analog setpoint + motor potentiometer Analog setpoint + analog setpoint Analog setpoint + fixed speed setpoint Analog setpoint + fieldbus Analog setpoint + analog setpoint 2 Fixed speed setpoint + no main setpoint SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 180 Motor potentiometer + analog setpoint Motor potentiometer + fixed speed setpoint Motor potentiometer + fieldbus Motor potentiometer + analog setpoint 2 Analog setpoint + no main setpoint Analog setpoint + motor potentiometer SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 181 Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 2. Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 182 Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 7. Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 183 Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 12. Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024, r1197 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 184 Up to 16 different setpoints are obtained by adding the individual fixed speed setpoints. For p1016 = 2: In this mode, the setpoint is entered via the fixed speed setpoints p1001 ... p1015. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 185 Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, r1197 Note: If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ... p1023 = 0, r1197 = 0), then r1024 = 0 (setpoint = 0). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 186 1: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON set to the saved value. In order to save in a non-volatile fashion, bit 03 should be set to 1. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 187 The setpoint change (CO: r1050) depends on the set ramp-up time (p1047) and the duration of the signal that is present (BI: p1035). Dependency: Refer to: p1036 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 188 Sets the minimum speed/velocity for the motorized potentiometer. Note: This parameter is automatically pre-assigned in the commissioning phase. The setpoint output from the motorized potentiometer is limited to this value (see function diagram 3020). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 189 Sets the signal source to accept the setting value for the motorized potentiometer. Dependency: Refer to: p1044 Note: The setting value (CI: p1044) becomes effective for a 0/1 edge of the setting command (BI: p1043). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 190 Sets the effective setpoint after the internal motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator. This setpoint is the output value of the motorized potentiometer and must be appropriately interconnected onwards (e.g. with the main setpoint). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 191 The command "ON/OFF1" can be issued using BI: p0840 or using BI: p1055/p1056. Only the signal source that was used to switch on can also be used to switch off again. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 192 Factory setting -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] -150.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed for jog 2. Jogging (JOG) is level-triggered, and allows the motor to be incrementally traversed. Dependency: Refer to: p1055, p1056 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 193 Func. diagram: 3001, 3030 CU250S_V_DP Factory setting (EPOS) CU250S_V_PN (EPOS) Description: Sets the signal source for the main setpoint. Examples: r1024: Fixed speed setpoint effective r1050: Motor. potentiometer setpoint after the ramp-function generator SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 194 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3030 Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the effective supplementary setpoint. The value shown is the additional setpoint after scaling. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 195 Factory setting 100.00 [%] 105.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for the maximum speed (p1082). For a higher-level speed control, this scaling allows the maximum speed to be briefly exceeded. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 196 210000.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the maximum speed for the positive direction. Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 197 Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050 Factory setting 1086[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the speed/velocity limit of the negative direction. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 198 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the skip speeds. Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1092, p1093, p1094 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 199 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for lowest possible motor speed. Dependency: Refer to: p1080 Notice: The effective minimum speed is formed from p1080 and p1106. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 200 Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3040 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source to disable the positive direction. Dependency: Refer to: p1110 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 201 (EPOS) Description: Sets the signal source to invert the setpoint. Dependency: Refer to: r1198 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 202 For U/f control and sensorless vector control (see p1300), a ramp-up time of 0 s does not make sense. The setting should be based on the startup times (r0345) of the motor. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 203 Sets the minimum ramp-down time. The ramp-down time (p1121) is limited internally to this minimum value. The parameter cannot be set shorter than the minimum ramp-up time (p1123). Dependency: Refer to: p1082 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 204 Sets the smoothed response to the OFF1 command or the reduced setpoint for the extended ramp-function generator. Value: Continuous smoothing Discontinuous smoothing Dependency: No effect up to initial rounding-off time (p1130) > 0 s. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 205 Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the ramp-down time of the ramp-function generator. Dependency: Refer to: p1121 Note: The ramp-down time is set in p1121. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 206 For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 5 (STW1.5). BI: p1141 = 0 signal: Freezes the ramp-function generator. BI: p1141 = 1 signal: Continue ramp-function generator. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 207 The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: When the function module "position control" (r0108.3 = 1) is activated, this binector input is interconnected as follows as standard: BI: p1142 = 0 signal SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 208 Description: Sets the signal source for accepting the setting value of the ramp-function generator. Dependency: The signal source for the ramp-function generator setting value is set using parameters. Refer to: p1144 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 209 In the U/f mode, ramp-function generator tracking is not active. The speed difference is reduced if the integral component of the speed controller is not maintained when the torque limit is reached (p1400.16 = 1). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 210 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3001, 3080 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for speed setpoint 2 of the speed controller. Dependency: Refer to: p1155, r1170 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 211 Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023 Note: If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ... p1023 = 0, r1197 = 0), then r1024 = 0 (setpoint = 0). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 212 The motor then accelerates up to the setpoint at the ramp-function generator setting. Value: Flying restart inactive Flying restart always active (start in setpoint direction) Flying restart always active (start only in setpoint direction) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 213 It is possible that a value exceeding 100% cannot be reached if the motor rated power is significantly less than that of the power unit. If the motor rated power is significantly higher than that of the power unit, then the search current should be increased for the higher speed range. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 214 Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Speed adaptation circuit record angle Speed adaptation circuit set gain to 0 Isd channel enable Speed control switched out Quadrature arm switched in Special transformation active SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 215 A change is only accepted and made in the state "initialization" (r1214.0) and "wait for alarm" (r1214.1). When faults are present, therefore, the parameter cannot be changed. For p1210 > 1, the motor is automatically started. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 216 If, between successfully acknowledging the line fault and the line supply returning, another fault occurs, then its acknowledgment also causes the start counter to be decremented. For p1210 = 26: The start counter is decremented if after a successful fault acknowledgment, the on command is present. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 217 The start counter is immediately updated if the starting value p1211 or the mode p1210 is changed. For p1210 = 26, the fault must have been successfully acknowledged and the switch-on command issued within the time in p1213[0]. Otherwise, fault F07320 is generated after the set time. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 218 For bits 12 ... 15: Actual state of the start counter (binary coded). For bit 04 in addition: For p1210 = 26, the system waits in this state until the switch-on command is available. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 219 After OFF1 or OFF3 and the controlling (closing) of the holding brake, the drive remains stationary under closed-loop control for this time with a speed setpoint of zero. The pulses are suppressed when the time expires. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 220 Once the Control Unit has been booted up for the first time or if the factory settings have been defined accordingly, the parameter is defined in accordance with the power unit. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 221 DC braking can only be withdrawn (p1231 = 0) if it is not being used as a fault response in p2101. In order that DC braking is active as fault response, the corresponding fault number must be entered in p2100 and fault response p2101 set = 6. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 222 210000.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the starting speed for DC braking. If the actual speed falls below this threshold, then DC braking is activated. Dependency: Refer to: p1230, p1231, p1232, p1233, r1239 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 223 - the Vdc_min controller limits the energy taken from the DC link in order to keep the DC link voltage above the minimum DC link voltage when accelerating. - the motor is braked in order to use its kinetic energy to buffer the DC link. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 224 Refer to: p0210 Warning: An excessively high value possibly negatively influences normal drive operation, and can mean that after the line supply returns, the Vdc minimum control can no longer be exited. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 225 The effective proportional gain is obtained taking into account p1243 (Vdc_max controller dynamic factor) and the DC link capacitance of the power unit. Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 226 Vdc_min control is exited (due to the time violation) and in the event of fault response OFF3. It is also possible to increase the OFF3 ramp-down time p1135. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 227 Sets the maximum search frequency for a flying restart in an inhibited setpoint direction (p1110, p1111). Note: The parameter has no effect for an operating mode, which only searches in the setpoint direction (p1200 > 3). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 228 - Activate the Vdc correction in the current controller (p1810.1 = 1). If a braking resistor is connected to the DC link (p0219 > 0), then the Vdc_max control is automatically deactivated. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 229 If subsequent optimization is required, this can be carried out using the dynamic factor. In this case, p1290, p1291, and p1292 are weighted with the dynamic factor p1283. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 230 If subsequent optimization is required, this can be carried out using the dynamic factor. In this case, p1290, p1291, and p1292 are weighted with the dynamic factor p1287. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 231 Sets the output limit for the Vdc min controller (DC link undervoltage controller). Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 232 Note: Exiting the Vdc_min control before reaching motor standstill prevents the regenerative braking current from increasing significantly at low speeds, and after a pulse inhibit, means that the motor coasts down. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 233 The closed-loop torque control can only be changed over in operation (p1300 = 20, 21) by selecting the closed-loop speed control (p1501). At the changeover, the setting of p1300 does not change. In this case, the actual state is displayed in r1407, bit 2 and bit 3. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 234 When the bit is set, when the drive stops, the starting frequency of the motor holding brake is also not fallen below when the actual slip frequency is less than the starting frequency. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 235 The magnitude of the boost in Volt at a frequency of zero is defined as follows: Voltage boost [V] = 1.732 x p0305 (rated motor current [A]) x r0395 (stator/primary section resistance [ohm]) x p1310 (permanent voltage boost [%]) / 100 % SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 236 The voltage boost becomes effective for a positive setpoint increase and disappears as soon as the setpoint has been reached. The build-up and withdrawal of the voltage boost are smoothed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 237 Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1300, p1310, p1311, p1321, p1322, p1323, p1324, p1325, p1326, p1327 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 238 3000.00 [Hz] 0.00 [Hz] Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310. This parameter specifies the voltage of the third point along the characteristic. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 239 Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1320, p1321, p1322, p1323, p1324, p1325, p1326 Note: Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz/p1310, p1320/p1321 ... p1326/p1327. The voltage boost when accelerating (p1311) is also applied to the freely programmable U/f characteristic. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 240 Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Note: For p1334 = 0, the starting frequency of the slip compensation is automatically set to 6 % of the rated motor frequency. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 241 If p1335 is changed during commissioning (p0010 > 0), then it is possible that the old value will no longer be able to be set. The reason for this is that the dynamic limits of p1335 have been changed by a parameter that was set when the drive was commissioned (e.g. p0300). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 242 20.00 [ms] Description: Sets the filter time constant for resonance damping for U/f control. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1300, p1338, p1349 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 243 Func. diagram: 6300 Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the effective frequency limit. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1340 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 244 Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1335 Note: The value is only determined for operating modes with Economic (p1300 = 4, 7). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 245 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310 Factory setting 1351[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the frequency setting value at the slip compensation output for starting up with motor holding brake. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 246 The acceleration model for the speed setpoint is only active for sensorless vector control if p1496 is not zero. For bit 25: When the bit is set, for high dynamic starting in the I/f mode, the acceleration precontrol torque smoothing only has a short minimum time (4 ms). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 247 In order to avoid oscillations, if required, the speed controller parameters should be adapted (increase Tn, reduce Kp). Further, the smoothing time of the flux setpoint filter (p1582) should be increased. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 248 Droop enabled 6030 Speed setpoint limited 6030 Ramp-function generator set Encoderless operation due to a fault I/f control active Torque limit reached (without precontrol) 6060 Encoderless open-loop controlled operation not active SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 249 For U/f operation, the value that is displayed is of no relevance. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: r1439 Note: In the standard state (the reference model is deactivated), r1438 = r1439. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 250 The speed actual value should be smoothed for encoders with a low pulse number or for resolvers. After this parameter has been changed, we recommend that the speed controller is adapted and/or the speed controller settings checked Kp (p1460) and Tn (p1462). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 251 - [rpm] Description: Display and connector output for the actual smoothed speed actual value of the speed control. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 252 If the upper transition point p1457 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition p1456, then the controller gain below p1457 is adapted with p1459 and above p1456, with p1458. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 253 This value corresponds to the basic setting of the P gain of the speed controller without adaptation (p1461 = 100 %). Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1461, p1464, p1465 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 254 Sets the lower adaptation speed of the speed controller. No adaptation is effective below this speed. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1460, p1461, p1462, p1463, p1465 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 255 Factory setting - [ms] - [ms] - [ms] Description: Displays the effective integral time of the speed controller. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 256 Sets the signal source to hold the integrator for the speed controller. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 257 Sets the signal source for scaling the integrator setting value (p1478) of the speed controller. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1477, p1478 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 258 1, as this could result in positive coupling effects. Instead of this, as source of the droop feedback, the output signal of the speed controller should be used, which generally sets the load torque. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 259 Display and connector output for the parameterized total moment of inertia. The value is calculated as follows: (p0341 * p0342) + p1496 Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 260 For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint. For double-digit values, the following applies: The left-hand digit specifies the supplementary setpoint, the right-hand digit the main setpoint. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 261 Sets the signal source to freeze the estimated moment of inertia. 0 signal: Moment of inertia estimator active 1 signal: Determined moment of inertia frozen. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1300 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 262 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6020, 6060 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for supplementary torque 2. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 263 Displays the accelerating torque for precontrol of the speed controller. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p0341, p0342, p1496 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 264 Factory setting 1521[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the lower torque limit. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1520, p1521, p1522 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 265 Display and connector output for the lower torque limit of all torque limits without offset. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1520, p1521, p1522, p1523, p1528, p1529 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 266 Positive values resulting from the signal source and scaling can cause the motor to accelerate in an uncontrolled manner. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 267 Displays the maximum limit for the torque-generating current component. Index 0 indicates the signal limited by the Vdc controller. Index: [0] = Limited [1] = Unlimited Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 268 0: Travel to fixed stop is inactive Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 269 Sets the signal source for the scaling of the upper torque limiting to limit the speed controller output without taking into account the current and power limits. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 270 Lower values mean that faster changes are possible. For a higher value, this estimated value is smoothed more significantly. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1400, p1560, p1562 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 271 For p1570 > 100%, the flux setpoint increases as a function of the load from 100% (no-load operation) to the setting in p1570 (above rated motor torque), if p1580 > 0% has been set. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 272 For p1580 = 100 %, under no-load operating conditions, the flux setpoint is reduced to 50 % of the rated motor flux. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 273 If the start of field weakening is shifted to higher speeds, the voltage reserve is appropriately reduced so that for fast load changes, it can be expected that this will have a negative impact on the dynamic performance. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 274 Sets an additional setpoint for the field weakening controller. The value refers to the dynamic voltage reserve (p1574). Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 275 Sets the ramp-down time of the current setpoint when switching over from open-loop controlled to closed-loop controlled operation. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 276 - Actual DC link voltage (r0070). - Maximum modulation depth (p1803). - Field-generating and torque-generating current setpoint. Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 277 Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Note: The smoothing time does not become effective until the field-weakening range is reached. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 278 The value contains the proportional and integral components of the PI controller. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 279 75.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling of the quadrature arm decoupling Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 280 In order to avoid this, the dynamic voltage reserve p1574 should be increased. Note: The parameter value is referred to the synchronous rated motor speed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 281 Defines the gain of the controller for resonance damping for operation with sensorless vector control in the range that current is injected. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 282 * p1755. The parameter value cannot be changed. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1752, p1755, p1756 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 283 If bit 2 = 1, then bit 3 is automatically set to 1. Manual de-selection is possible and may be sensible if the saturation characteristic (p1960) was not measured for third-party motors. Generally, for standard SIEMENS motors, the already pre-assigned (default value) saturation characteristic is adequate.
  • Page 284 For a blocked synchronous motor, the speed ramp-function generator is held in the open-loop speed controlled operating range if the torque setpoint reaches the torque limit and the speed is less than the threshold value in p2175. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 285 Note: The parameter value refers to p1755. Extremely small hystereses can have a negative impact on the stability in the changeover speed range, and very high hystereses in the standstill range. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 286 0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 4 [ms] Description: Sets the integral-action time of the controller for speed adaptation with encoder Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 287 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the effective proportional gain of the controller for the speed adaptation. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 288 Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the I component of the controller for speed adaptation. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 289 Index 4: Speed controller enable (SESM without encoder) Index 5: Transition ramp between current and voltage models (SESM without encoder) Index 6: Transition ramp for EMF deviation at PLL input (PMSM without encoder) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 290 In order that the correction values of the Rs, Lh and kT adaptation (selected using Bit 0 ... Bit 2) are correctly accepted when changing over the drive data set, a dedicated motor number must be entered into p0826 for each different motor. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 291 (p0826). The display of the inactive data sets is only updated when changing over the data set. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 292 16.000 [kHz] 4.000 [kHz] Description: Sets the pulse frequency for the converter. This parameter is pre-set to the rated converter value when the drive is first commissioned. Dependency: Refer to: p0230 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 293 If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3, 4), then only space vector modulation without overcontrol can be selected as modulation type (p1802 = 3). This does not apply to power units PM260. Refer to: p0230, p0500 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 294 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [V] - [V] - [V] Description: DC link voltage used to determine the maximum possible output voltage. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 295 (see p0410). The encoder polarity is also checked for the rotating measurement (see p1959). Note: This setting can only be changed when the pulses are inhibited. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 296 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.00 [µs] 3.99 [µs] 0.00 [µs] Description: Sets the valve lockout time to compensate for phase W. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 297 Current flows through the motor which means that it can align itself by up to a quarter of a revolution. With the following switch-on command, a rotating motor data identification routine is carried out - and in addition, a speed controller optimization by making measurements at different motor speeds. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 298 Current flows through the motor which means that it can align itself by up to a quarter of a revolution. With the following switch-on command, a rotating motor data identification routine is carried out - and in addition, a speed controller optimization by making measurements at different motor speeds. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 299 Test pulse at each pulse enable Dependency: The ground fault test is only possible when the motor is stationary, and is therefore only realized when flying restart is deactivated (p1200 = 0). Refer to: p0287 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 300 Determine only stator resistance, valve voltage fault, dead time Short motor identification (lower quality) Measurement without control parameter calculation After motID direct transition into operation After MotID automatically save results Estimate cable resistance SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 301 When setting p1910, the following should be observed: 1. "With acceptance" means: The parameters specified in the description are overwritten with the identified values and therefore have an influence on the controller setting. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 302 Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [mH] - [mH] - [mH] Description: Displays the identified total leakage inductance. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 303 - [mH] - [mH] Description: Displays the stator inductance identified for the 4th point of the saturation characteristic. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 304 For bit 13 = 1: After the measurement has been completed, the system immediately goes into closed-loop speed controlled operation. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 305 Bit 05: p0391, p0392, p0393, p1402.2 only for induction motors p1960 = 1, 3: p1458, p1459, p1470, p1472, p1496, p1400.0 p1960 = 2, 4: p1458, p1459, p1460, p1462, p1496, p1461, p1463 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 306 75 [%] 40 [%] Description: Sets the speed to determine the saturation characteristic. The percentage value is referred to p0310 (rated motor frequency). Dependency: Refer to: p0310, p1959 Refer to: F07983 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 307 Displays the dynamic factor which is actually achieved for the vibration test Dependency: Refer to: p1959, p1967 Refer to: F07985 Note: This dynamic factor only refers to the control mode of the speed controller set in p1960. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 308 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 104 [%] 120 [%] 120 [%] Description: Sets the maximum flux setpoint to measure the saturation characteristic. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 309 Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [°] - [°] - [°] Description: Displays the angular difference between the actual electrical commutation angle and the angle determined by the pole position identification. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 310 Fine synchronization carried out Coarse synchronization carried out Commutation information available Speed information available Position information available Zero mark passed Dependency: Refer to: p0325, p0329, p1980, r1984, r1985, r1987 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 311 The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word). Note: This reference quantity also applies to direct voltage values. It is not interpreted as rms value, but as DC voltage value. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 312 Sets the reference quantity for torque. All torques specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity. The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 313 This means that the parameter is not locked against overwriting using p0573 = 1. Note: If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities, then the particular reference quantities are used as internal conversion factor. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 314 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the address for the commissioning interface (USS, RS232). Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 315 The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected. When p2030 = 1 (USS), the following applies: Min./max./factory setting: 4/13/8 When p2030 = 2 (Modbus), the following applies: Min./max./factory setting: 5/13/7 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 316 Sets the number of 16-bit words in the PKW part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface. Value: PKW 0 words PKW 3 words PKW 4 words 127: PKW variable Dependency: Refer to: p2030 Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 317 Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface. Value: No protocol Modbus RTU Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 318 Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected (p2030 = 2). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 319 - For p0922 (p2079) = 1, 350 ... 999, p2038 is automatically set to 0. - For p0922 (p2079) = 20, p2038 is automatically set to 2. It is not then possible to change p2038. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 320 0 signal Setpoint failure Fieldbus operation Dependency: Refer to: p2044 Note: When using the "setpoint failure" signal, the bus can be monitored and an application-specific response triggered when the setpoint fails. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 321 [0] = PZD 1 [1] = PZD 2 [2] = PZD 3 [3] = PZD 4 [4] = PZD 5 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 322 [13] = PZD 14 [14] = PZD 15 [15] = PZD 16 [16] = PZD 17 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 323 Func. diagram: 2410 Factory setting Description: Status display for the PROFIBUS interface. Value: No connection (search for baud rate) Connection OK (baud rate found) Cyclic connection with master (data exchange) Cyclic data OK SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 324 Selects the PZD (actual values) with double word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller. Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2 [1] = PZD 2 + 3 [2] = PZD 3 + 4 [3] = PZD 4 + 5 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 325 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Bit 16 Bit 17 Bit 18 Bit 19 Bit 20 Bit 21 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 326 For setting p0922/p2079, the value is preset to the end of the PZD telegram. For p0922 equal to 999 and p2079 not equal to 999, the preset value can be increased. The value must be set again after changing p0922/p2079. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 327 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 Note: Value range: 0 - 242: Byte offset 65535: Not assigned SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 328 SIEMENS telegram 350, PZD-4/4 352: SIEMENS telegram 352, PZD-6/6 353: SIEMENS telegram 353, PZD-2/2, PKW-4/4 354: SIEMENS telegram 354, PZD-6/6, PKW-4/4 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency: Refer to: p0922 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 329 [15] 2135.15 Description: Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller. The individual bits are combined to form status word 1. Index: [0] = Bit 0 [1] = Bit 1 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 330 [0] = Bit 0 [1] = Bit 1 [2] = Bit 2 [3] = Bit 3 [4] = Bit 4 [5] = Bit 5 [6] = Bit 6 [7] = Bit 7 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 331 [4] = Bit 4 [5] = Bit 5 [6] = Bit 6 [7] = Bit 7 [8] = Bit 8 [9] = Bit 9 [10] = Bit 10 [11] = Bit 11 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 332 Not inverted Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 333 [3] = Free status word 4 [4] = Free status word 5 Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 334 Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received from the PROFIdrive controller. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 335 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 336 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2099 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 337 The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index. Refer to: p2101 Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been resolved. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 338 DC braking is possible for induction motors. For value = 7 (ENCODER (p0491)): The fault response set in p0491 is executed if applicable. Note: IASC: Internal Armature Short Circuit DCBRK: DC braking SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 339 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546, 8060 Factory setting Description: Sets the second signal source to acknowledge faults. Note: A fault acknowledgment is triggered with a 0/1 signal. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 340 Func. diagram: 8050, 8060 Factory setting - [ms] - [ms] - [ms] Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault was removed. Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2130, r2133, r2136 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 341 When the electronic power supply is switched out, the counter values are saved. After the drive unit is switched on, the counter continues to run with the last value that was saved. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 342 The message type can only be changed for messages with the appropriate identification (exception, value = 0). Example: F12345(A) --> Fault F12345 can be changed to alarm A12345. In this case, the message number that may be possibly entered in p2100[0...19] and p2126[0...19] is automatically removed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 343 The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 344 It is not possible to re-parameterize the acknowledge mode for a fault in the following cases: - fault number does not exist (exception value = 0). - Message type is not "fault" (F). - Acknowledge mode is not permissible for the set fault number. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 345 Displays the system runtime in days when the fault occurred. Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2133, r2136 Notice: The time comprises r2130 (days) and r0948 (milliseconds). The value displayed in r2130 refers to January 1, 1970 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 346 Display and BICO output for the second status word of faults and alarms. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Fault motor overtemperature 8016 Fault power unit thermal overload 8021 Alarm motor overtemperature 8016 Alarm power unit thermal overload 8021 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 347 For bits 11, 12: These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 348 Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2146 Notice: The time comprises r2145 (days) and r2123 (milliseconds). Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 349 When the bit is set, r2197.1 and r2197.2 are determined using separate hysteresis functions. For bit 05: When this bit is set, a change to open-loop speed controlled operation is only possible when the motor is stationary. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 350 Sets the time constant of the PT1 element to smooth the speed / velocity actual value. The smoothed actual speed/velocity is compared with the threshold values and is only used for messages and signals. Dependency: Refer to: r2169 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 351 0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 10 [ms] CU250S_V_PN (Ext msg) Description: Delay time for the comparison of the speed with the speed threshold value 5 (P2157). Dependency: Refer to: p2150, p2157 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 352 (if possible). If this is insufficient, the hysteresis p2162 can only be increased by more than 10% of the rated speed when the maximum speed (p0322) of the motor is sufficiently greater than the speed limit p1082. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 353 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010 Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Display and connector output of the smoothed speed actual value for messages. Dependency: Refer to: p2153 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 354 0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 10 [ms] CU250S_V_PN (Ext msg) Description: Sets the delay time for the comparison of the DC link voltage r0070 with the threshold value p2172. Dependency: Refer to: p2172 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 355 As countermeasure, it is generally also possible to set p1750.6. This is only not permitted if the drive is slowly reversed by the load at the torque limit (speed below p1755 for longer than p1758). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 356 A07920 for torque/speed too low A07921 for torque/speed too high A07922 for torque/speed out of tolerance F07923 for torque/speed too low F07924 for torque/speed too high F07925 for torque/speed out of tolerance SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 357 (n_threshold 1) --> p2185 (M_threshold 1, upper), p2186 (M_threshold 1, lower) p2183 (n_threshold 2) --> p2187 (M_threshold 2, upper), p2188 (M_threshold 2, lower) p2184 (n_threshold 3) --> p2189 (M_threshold 3, upper), p2190 (M_threshold 3, lower) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 358 Sets the speed/torque / velocity/force envelope curve for the load monitoring. Dependency: The following applies: p2187 > p2188 Refer to: p2183, p2188 Refer to: A07926 Note: The upper envelope curve is defined by p2185, p2187 and p2189. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 359 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8013 CU250S_V_DP (Ext Factory setting msg) 0.00 [s] 65.00 [s] 10.00 [s] CU250S_V_PN (Ext msg) Description: Sets the delay time to evaluate the load monitoring. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 360 Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the scaling factor for torque utilization (r0033). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 361 For bit 12: The threshold value is set in p2182, the hysteresis in p2162, and the delay time (for canceling the signal) in p2152. For bit 13: Only for internal Siemens use. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 362 The comparison value is set in p2141. We recommend setting the hysteresis (p2142) for canceling the bit to a value lower than that in p2141. Otherwise, the bit is not reset. For bit 11: The torque threshold value 2 is set in p2194. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 363 Factory setting (Tech_ctrl) -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 40.00 [%] CU250S_V_PN (Tech_ctrl) Description: Sets the value for fixed value 4 of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 364 Sets the value for fixed value 8 of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 365 Sets the value for fixed value 12 of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 366 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950, 7951 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source to select a fixed value of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2221, p2222, p2223 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 367 Display and BICO output for the status word of the fixed value selection of the technology controller. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Technology controller fixed value selected 7950, 7951 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 368 1. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non-volatile fashion (for p2230.0 = 1). For bit 04: When the bit is set, the ramp-function generator is computed independent of the pulse enable. The actual output value of the motorized potentiometer is always in r2250. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 369 Func. diagram: 7954 CU250S_V_DP Factory setting (Tech_ctrl) -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%] CU250S_V_PN (Tech_ctrl) Description: Sets the maximum value for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2238 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 370 Sets the ramp-up time for the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2248 Note: The time is referred to 100 %. When the initial rounding-off is activated (p2230.2 = 1) the ramp-up is correspondingly extended. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 371 Sets the configuration of the technology controller. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Ramp-up/ramp-down function generator Deactivated Activated bypass Integrator active for skip speeds Internal controller limit not displayed SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 372 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 CU250S_V_DP Factory setting (Tech_ctrl) CU250S_V_PN (Tech_ctrl) Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint 2 of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2253, p2256 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 373 Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958 CU250S_V_DP Factory setting (Tech_ctrl) - [%] - [%] - [%] CU250S_V_PN (Tech_ctrl) Description: Sets the setpoint after the ramp-function generator of the technology controller. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 374 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 CU250S_V_DP Factory setting (Tech_ctrl) 0.000 [s] 60.000 [s] 0.000 [s] CU250S_V_PN (Tech_ctrl) Description: Sets the time constant for the actual value filter (PT1) of the technology controller. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 375 (Tech_ctrl) Description: Sets the scaling factor for the actual value of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, p2267, p2268, p2271 Note: For 100%, the actual value is not changed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 376 - [%] - [%] CU250S_V_PN (Tech_ctrl) Description: Display and connector output for the scaled actual value signal of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, r2266, p2267, p2268, p2269, p2270, p2271 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 377 When the controller output reaches the limit, the I component of the controller is held. p2285 = 0: The integral time is disabled and the I component of the controller is reset. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 378 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 CU250S_V_DP Factory setting (Tech_ctrl) -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%] CU250S_V_PN (Tech_ctrl) Description: Sets the minimum limit of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2291 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 379 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 CU250S_V_DP Factory setting (Tech_ctrl) 1084[0] CU250S_V_PN (Tech_ctrl) Description: Sets the signal source for the maximum limiting of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2291 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 380 If fault F07426 "technology controller actual value limited" occurs while ramping up to the starting value and if the associated reaction has been set to "NONE" (see p2100, p2101), the starting value is kept as the speed setpoint instead of a switch to closed-loop control operation. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 381 (Tech_ctrl) Description: Displays the smoothed speed setpoint of the technology controller prior to switching to operation with fault response (see p2345). Dependency: Refer to: p2345 Note: Smoothing time = 10 s SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 382 Technology controller RFG bypassed in the setpoint channel Technology controller starting value at the current limit Technology controller output negative Technology controller actual value at the minimum Technology controller actual value at the maximum SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 383 (Position control) CU250S_V_PN (Position control) Description: Sets the motor revolutions for the gearbox factor between the motor shaft and load shaft. Gearbox factor = motor revolutions (p2504) / load revolutions (p2505) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 384 After the adjustment has been completed, it must be guaranteed that the range is not exited. The reason for this is that outside the range, there is no clear reference any longer between the encoder actual value and mechanical system. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 385 The function can only be activated using a 0/1 signal if no reference function is active (r2526.2). If "reference mark search" and "measuring probe evaluation" are simultaneously activated, then no function is activated and the actual function is interrupted. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 386 Sets the signal source for the function "activate position actual value preprocessing, corrective value (edge)". 0/1 signal: The correction value available via CI: p2513 is activated. Index: [0] = Position control [1] = Encoder 1 [2] = Encoder 2 [3] = Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 387 Encoder increments that are received in the meantime, are not taken into account. BI: p2514 = 1/0 signal: The position actual value preprocessing is activated and is based on the setting value. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 388 DI/DO 24 (X208-3) DI/DO 25 (X208-4) DI/DO 26 (X208-5) DI/DO 27 (X208-6) Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p0490, p2509, p2510, p2511 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 389 In the operation state, in addition, a fault (F07494) is generated. Notice: The remaining setting values are intended for expanded functionality. Note: The behavior for a DDS changeover is determined using the value of p2519 in the target data set. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 390 = 1 --> The position actual value in r2521[0] for the position control is valid. r2527.0 = 1 --> The position actual value in r2521[1] for encoder 1 is valid. r2528.0 = 1 --> The position actual value in r2521[2] for encoder 2 is valid. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 391 (Position control) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP - [LU] - [LU] - [LU] (Position control) CU250S_V_PN (Position control) Description: Display and connector output for the internal length units LU/motor revolution. Dependency: Refer to: p0404 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 392 4025 Setting value for adjustment valid Dependency: Refer to: r2521, r2522, r2523 Note: For bit 04: The signal is influenced via p2634. For bit 05: The signal is influenced via p2635. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 393 Func. diagram: 4015 (Position control) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP 2666[0] (Position control) CU250S_V_PN (Position control) Description: Sets the signal source for the velocity setpoint of the position controller. Dependency: Refer to: r2666 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 394 Sets the "fractional" dead time to emulate the timing behavior of the speed control loop. The multiplier that has been set refers to the position controller sampling time. VECTOR: dead time = p2535 * 8000 Dependency: Refer to: p2536 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 395 Slow response to a setpoint - actual value difference, the following error becomes large. High proportional gain: Fast response to the setpoint - actual value difference, the following error becomes small. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 396 Value = 0 --> The standstill monitoring is deactivated. Dependency: Refer to: p2543, p2544 Refer to: F07450 Note: The following applies for the setting of the standstill and positioning window: Standstill window (p2542) >= positioning window (p2544) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 397 Refer to: p2543, p2544, r2684 Refer to: F07451 Note: The following applies for the setting of the standstill and positioning monitoring time: Standstill monitoring time (p2543) <= positioning monitoring time (p2545) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 398 Only after the axis has been referenced can it be guaranteed that the cam switching signals when output have a "true" position reference. Note: Position actual value <= cam switching position 2 --> r2683.9 = 1 signal Position actual value > cam switching position 2 --> r2683.9 = 0 signal SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 399 BI: p2551 = 0 signal: The start of a positioning operation or tracking mode on the setpoint side is signaled and the positioning and standstill monitoring deactivated. Dependency: Refer to: p2554, r2683 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 400 Sets the signal source for the reference of the internal length units LU to motor revolution for rotary encoders and to mm for linear encoders. Dependency: Refer to: p0404, r2524 Note: The signal value is used to convert the length unit to the speed or velocity setpoint. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 401 Func. diagram: 4015 (Position control) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] (Position control) CU250S_V_PN (Position control) Description: Display and connector output for the speed setpoint after limiting (CI: p2541). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 402 The torque precontrol value is the derivation over time of the speed precontrol value and is referred to a moment of inertia of 1 kgm^2/2 PI. When using the precontrol, then this should be evaluated corresponding to the actual moment of inertia. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 403 Sets the signal source to activate the function "STOP cam". BI: p2568 = 1 signal --> The evaluation of the STOP cam minus (BI: p2569) and STOP cam plus (BI: p2570) is active. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 404 After the fault has been acknowledged, only motion moving away from the STOP cam is permitted. For a 0/1 signal and valid travel direction, when the STOP cam is exited, this is detected and the status signal r2684.14 is set to 0. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 405 Sets the maximum deceleration for the "basic positioner" function (EPOS). Dependency: Refer to: p2620, p2645 Note: The maximum deceleration appears to exhibit jumps (without jerk). "Traversing blocks" operating mode: The programmed deceleration override (p2620) acts on the maximum deceleration. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 406 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3635 CU250S_V_DP Factory setting (EPOS) 1 [LU] 2147482647 [LU] 360000 [LU] CU250S_V_PN (EPOS) Description: Sets the modulo range for axes with modulo correction. Dependency: Refer to: p2577 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 407 If the software limit switch is changed, then this results in the positions in the traversing blocks being checked. Note: The following applies for the setting of the software limit switch: Software limit switch minus < software limit switch plus SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 408 If the axis is already outside the valid traversing range, then an appropriate fault is output. The fault can be acknowledged at standstill. Traversing blocks with valid position can be activated. Note: The traversing range can also be limited using STOP cams. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 409 Func. diagram: 3610 CU250S_V_DP Factory setting (EPOS) -40000000 [1000 LU/min] 40000000 [1000 LU/min] -300 [1000 LU/min] CU250S_V_PN (EPOS) Description: Sets the setpoint velocity for jog 1. Dependency: Refer to: p2587, p2589, p2591 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 410 The axis traverses through a parameterized distance (p2585) with the setpoint velocity, jog 1 (p2587). Refer to: p2572, p2573, p2585, p2587, p2591 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 411 [2] = Setpoint limiting negative Dependency: Refer to: r2524, p2571, p2593 Warning: In order that the externally limited velocity can be effective for the EPOS operating modes, connector input p2593 must be correctly interconnected. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 412 1 signal: Flying referencing 0 signal: Search for reference Dependency: Refer to: p2595 Note: Referencing is activated as follows: - Select the referencing type (BI: p2597) - Start referencing (BI: p2595 = 0/1 signal) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 413 Sets the position value for the reference point coordinate. This value is set as the actual axis position after referencing or adjustment. Dependency: Refer to: p2507, p2525, p2595, p2596, p2597, p2598 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 414 If the difference between the reference point coordinate and detected actual position is greater than the outer window, then no correction is executed for the referenced axis. Further, an appropriate message is output and r2684.3 is set to 1. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 415 (EPOS) Description: Sets the maximum distance after the start of the search for reference when traversing to the reference cam. Dependency: Refer to: p2595, p2597, p2604, p2605, p2607 Refer to: F07458 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 416 Sets the tolerance bandwidth for the distance to the zero mark The zero mark is evaluated within the maximum distance between the reference cam and zero mark (p2609) minus the tolerance bandwidth for the distance to the zero mark (p2610). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 417 0 signal: Reversing cam reached. Dependency: Refer to: p2613 Note: If, during the search for reference from the reversing cam minus and plus, a 0 signal is detected, then the axis remains stationary (at standstill). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 418 Dependency: The number of indices depends on p2615. Refer to: p2615, p2616, p2617, p2619, p2620, p2621, p2622, p2623, p2624, p2646 Note: The velocity can be influenced using the velocity override (p2646). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 419 Sets the required task for the traversing block. Value: POSITIONING FIXED STOP ENDLESS_POS ENDLESS_NEG WAITING GOTO SET_O RESET_O JERK Dependency: The number of indices depends on p2615. Refer to: p2615, p2616, p2617, p2618, p2619, p2620, p2622, p2623, p2624 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 420 = 000x --> show/hide block (x = 0: show, x = 1: hide) Dependency: The number of indices depends on p2615. Refer to: p2615, p2616, p2617, p2618, p2619, p2620, p2621, p2622, p2624 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 421 Sets the signal source to select the traversing block, bit 2. Dependency: Binector inputs p2625, p2626, p2627 and p2628 are used to select one of the maximum of 16 traversing blocks. Refer to: p2625, p2626, p2628 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 422 When starting a traversing block with the block change enable CONTINUE_EXTERNAL, CONTINUE_EXTERNAL_WAIT and CONTINUE_EXTERNAL_ALARM an activated "flying referencing" is interrupted. After ending the block, "flying referencing" must be re-activated via BI: p2595 = 0/1 signal. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 423 If, after the fixed stop is reached, the end stop shifts in either the positive or negative direction by more than the value set here, then BO: r2526.5 is set to 1 and an appropriate message is output. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 424 Torque limit is not reached. Dependency: Refer to: r1407 Note: The feedback signal from "torque limit reached" is, for the factory setting, dependent on the signal BO: r1407.7 (torque limit reached). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 425 The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: Depending on p2649, the position setpoint is either transferred continuously or edge-triggered. The position setpoint input is interpreted as length unit [LU]. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 426 Sets the signal source for the velocity override. This velocity override is effective in the following operating modes "direct setpoint input/MDI", "traversing blocks", "jogging" and "search for reference" (when approaching the reference cam). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 427 The values are transferred for BI: p2650 = 0/1 signal. Dependency: Refer to: p2642, p2643, p2644, p2645, p2648, p2650, p2651, p2652 Caution: For BI: p2649 = 1 signal, the following applies: Motion starts without any explicit control signal. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 428 Factory setting (EPOS) CU250S_V_PN (EPOS) Description: Sets the signal source for the negative direction selection in the operating mode "direct setpoint input/MDI". Dependency: Refer to: p2576, p2648, p2649, p2650, p2651, p2653, p2654 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 429 Signal via CI: p2654 = xx2x hex -> abs_pos (only for modulo correction) Signal via CI: p2654 = xx3x hex -> abs_neg (only for modulo correction) Dependency: Refer to: p2648, p2651, p2652 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 430 Description: Sets the signal source for the position actual value/position setting value. Dependency: Refer to: r2521, p2658 Note: In the tracking mode, the position setpoint is taken from this connector input. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 431 BI: p2661 = 1 signal The measured value received via CI: p2660 is valid. BI: p2661 = 0 signal The measured value received via CI: p2660 is invalid. Dependency: Refer to: r2526, p2660 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 432 - [1000 LU/min] - [1000 LU/min] CU250S_V_PN (EPOS) Description: Displays the actual velocity setpoint. Dependency: Refer to: p2531 Note: As standard, the following BICO interconnection is established: CI: p2531 = r2666 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 433 For bit 00 ... 05: Displays the active traversing block in the traversing blocks operating mode. For bit 15: For a 1 signal, the operating mode - direct setpoint input/MDI - is active SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 434 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3616 CU250S_V_DP Factory setting (EPOS) CU250S_V_PN (EPOS) Description: Displays the task that is presently being processed. Value: Inactive POSITIONING FIXED STOP ENDLESS_POS ENDLESS_NEG SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 435 - external block change via BI: p2633 (p2632 = 1, BI: p2633 = 0/1 signal). - activate traversing task (BI: p2631 = 0/1 signal). Dependency: Refer to: p2631, p2632, p2633, p2661 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 436 3635 Software limit switch minus reached 3635 Software limit switch plus reached 3635 Position actual value <= cam switching 4025 position 1 Position actual value <= cam switching 4025 position 2 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 437 For bit 00 ... 07 and 11 ... 14: These signals are generated in the function module "basic positioner". For bit 08: The signal is generated in the "closed-loop position control" function module. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 438 Sets the tolerance window for the position feedback signal. If, for a positioning operation, the actual value (r2521) lies within this tolerance window of the target position, then the traversing block number is displayed at connector output r2689. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 439 Sets a fixed setpoint for the acceleration override. Dependency: Refer to: p2572, p2644 Note: As standard, the following BICO interconnection is established: CI: p2644 = r2692 The percentage value refers to the maximum acceleration (p2572). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 440 For linear axes, the following applies: This parameter is pre-assigned with p0421 when activating position tracking, expanded by 6 bits for multiturn information (maximum number of overflows) and cannot be changed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 441 If the measuring gear of the motor encoder is not activated, the position difference should be read in encoder increments. If the measuring gear of the motor encoder is activated, the position difference is converted using the measuring gear factor. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 442 Note: This DDS number is only relevant for absolute encoders. The drive determines the value when adjusting the absolute encoder and the user should not change it. DDS: Drive Data Set SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 443 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1021 Factory setting -100000.00 [Nm] 100000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm] Description: Setting and connector output for a fixed torque value. Dependency: Refer to: p2900, p2901, r2902 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 444 Description: Display and BICO output for the status of the NAMUR message bit bar. The faults and alarms are assigned to the appropriate signaling/message classes and influence a specific message bit. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 445 The infeed is faulted or has failed. Check the infeed and the surroundings (line supply, filter, reactors, fuses, ...). Check the closed-loop infeed control. For bit 15: Group fault. Determine the precise cause of the fault using the commissioning tool. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 446 Message has gone PROFIdrive fault class bit 0 High PROFIdrive fault class bit 1 High PROFIdrive fault class bit 2 High PROFIdrive fault class bit 3 High PROFIdrive fault class bit 4 High SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 447 For bit 12, 11: These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 448 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for the speed actual value of the load monitoring. Dependency: Refer to: r2169, p2181, p2192, p2193, p3231 Refer to: A07920, A07921, A07922, F07923, F07924, F07925 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 449 For p3235 = 0 the function is deactivated. The monitoring is automatically deactivated during a flying restart for a motor that is still rotating. 3-phase phase failures cannot be detected and are indicated by other messages (e.g. F07902). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 450 Refer to: r0041, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3328, p3329 Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 451 Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3328, p3329 Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 452 Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3328, p3329 Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 453 Sets the signal source for command 2 for the two-wire control/three-wire control. Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p3330, p3332, r3333, p3334 Note: The mode of operation of this binector input is dependent on the wire control set in p0015. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 454 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for the start of motion dependent on the sign of the setpoint. Dependency: Refer to: p3342, p3343, r3344 Refer to: A07352 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 455 The drive cannot be moved as a result of the limit switch function (e.g. as a result of the switching-on inhibited). For example, this bit can be used for interconnection with binector input p0848 (OFF3). For bit 02 = 1: The axis is at zero speed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 456 0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 150.00 [rpm] Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs. This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 5th value pair of the friction characteristic. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 457 3000.00 [rpm] Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs. This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 10th value pair of the friction characteristic. Dependency: Refer to: p3839, p3845 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 458 0.0000 [Nm] Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs. This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 5th value pair of the friction characteristic. Dependency: Refer to: p3824, p3845 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 459 0.0000 [Nm] Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs. This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 10th value pair of the friction characteristic. Dependency: Refer to: p3829, p3845 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 460 0.00 [ms] 10000.00 [ms] 0.00 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time constant (PT1) for the friction torque difference. Smoothing is activated when switching over from status bit r3840.9. Dependency: Refer to: p3844 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 461 A differentiation is not made between these individual loss components. We recommend that a motor temperature sensor is used because torque deviations can also be emulated/mapped on the characteristic due to the thermal influence. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 462 Vdc_max control is simultaneously active (refer to p1280). Note: The parameter value is entered relative to the rated motor current (p0305). Compound braking is deactivated with p3856 = 0%. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 463 Quick parameterization for motor parameters (only) Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 464 When calculating motor, open-loop and closed-loop control parameters (such as for p0340 = 1) parameters associated with a selected Siemens catalog motor are not overwritten. If a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300), then the following parameters are reset with p3900 > 0 in order to restore the situation that applied when commissioning the drive for the first time: induction motor: p0320, p0352, p0362 ...
  • Page 465 (for current controller adaptation) Do not change the controller parameters during the measurement Measurement shortened After measurement direct transition into operation Calculate speed actual value smooth. time SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 466 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C, U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: For service personnel only. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 467 Setting to acknowledge all active faults of a drive object. Notice: Safety messages cannot be acknowledged using this parameter. Note: Parameter should be set from 0 to 1 to acknowledge. After acknowledgment, the parameter is automatically reset to 0. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 468 Wait until Power Module is determined 160: Evaluate Power Module 170: Instantiate Control Unit reset 180: Only for internal Siemens use 200: First commissioning 210: Create drive packages 250: Wait for fault acknowledge SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 469 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the encoder diagnostics for the PROFIdrive interface. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 470 Sets the mode to reset the actual value in XIST_ERW (CO: r4653). Value: Inactive Reset with zero mark Reset with BICO Reset with selected zero mark Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 471 Sets the signal source to reset XIST1_ERW (CO: r4653). Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p4652, r4653, r4654 Note: The reset of XIST1_ERW depends on the selected mode (p4652). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 472 F(x) = K3 * x^3 + K2 * x^2 + K1 * x + K0 Coefficients K0 ... K3 should be defined and entered into p4663 ... p4666. The sensor range is emulated to x = -0.5 ... +0.5. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 473 Set velocity to 0 Position value range 0.0 / 1.0 pulse -0.5 / +0.5 pulse Fault/alarm messages Alarm Fault Channel B act Channel A act Commutation angle constant Suppress faults Extrapolation SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 474 - p4673 (voltage per encoder period) Note: The minimum actual value which can be mapped is equal to p4672 - p4673/2. The maximum actual value which can be mapped is equal to p4672 + p4673/2. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 475 Scaling: - Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 50.00 [%] Description: Sets the ratio for the LVDT sensor. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 476 This monitoring is activated by setting p0437.2 = 1 (position actual value correction). For a set value = -1001, the negated value of p4681 is effective. The negative limit describes the pulses lost due to a covered glass panel in the incremental encoder. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 477 Note: The minimum length of the zero mark must be less than the zero mark distance (p4686 < p0425). The parameter is activated using p0437.1 = 1 (zero mark edge detection). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 478 A backup of this data can be saved to non-volatile memory. The backup procedure is performed automatically as part of the function for saving to non-volatile memory (p0977 = 1 or "Copy RAM to ROM"). If a part is replaced, the saved data can be reloaded. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 479 - Use an SMI that is not blank. Help for error value = 21: - set the correct component number (p4690). Note for error value = 22: - Data cannot be downloaded for component. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 480 The SMI has the component number 5 and the SMI data (motor/encoder data) is to be stored in subdirectory C205. --> p4690 = 5, p4693[0] = 205, p4691 = 1 Index: [0] = Subdirectory selection [1] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p4691, r4694 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 481 The estimated load moment of inertia is taken into account for the speed controller gain (see p5273). For bit 03: Activates the speed precontrol for the basic positioner (EPOS). For bit 04: Activates the torque pre-control for the basic positioner (EPOS). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 482 The function module "Moment of inertia estimator" (r0108.10) must be activated for the "Moment of inertia precontrol" function. Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p5310, p5312, p5313, p5314, p5315 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 483 The function module "Moment of inertia estimator" (r0108.10) must be activated for the "Moment of inertia precontrol" function. Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p5310, r5311, p5312, p5313, p5315 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 484 - parameter p5350 is not active. Internally, a fixed boost factor of 1.333 is used as basis for the calculation. The following applies from firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.8 = 1: - parameter p5350 becomes active as described above. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 485 When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: The hysteresis is 2 K. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 486 The parameter value is an image of p0613. Dependency: Refer to: r0034 Note: For firmware version < 4.7 SP6: parameter p0613 is not visible for users (this is a Siemens internal parameter). r5398[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 3 alarm threshold image p5390 / A thr image p5390 Access level: 2...
  • Page 487 Dependency: Refer to: p5391 Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07014 Note: For firmware version < 4.7 SP6: parameter p5391 is not visible for users (this is a Siemens internal parameter). r5600 Pe energy-saving mode ID / Pe mode ID CU250S_V_PN Access level: 3...
  • Page 488 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2382 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source to set in the PROFIdrive state S1 "switching-on inhibited". Dependency: Refer to: r5613 Note: Pe: PROFIenergy profiles SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 489 - SINAMICS only evaluates this parameter when powering up from the encrypted "Load into file system..." output or when powering up from the encrypted PS files. The evaluation is only made when know-how protection and memory card copy protection have been activated. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 490 While write protection is active, a download is prevented; however, it is still possible to restore the factory settings. Note: Parameters with the "WRITE_NO_LOCK" attributes are excluded from the write protection. A product-specific list of these parameters is also available in the corresponding List Manual. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 491 Units. For bit 02: This means that the OEM can define whether it is possible or not to trace the drive data using the device trace function although KHP is activated. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 492 Factory setting Description: Sets the new password for know-how protection. Dependency: Refer to: p7766, p7768 Note: KHP: Know-How Protection When reading, p7767[0...29] = 42 dec (ASCII character = "*") is displayed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 493 Error when importing, memory card not available Error when importing, checksum error Error when importing, no NVRAM data available Error when importing Notice: For value = 2, 3: These actions are only possible when pulses are inhibited. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 494 Index: [0] = Reference firmware version [1] = Actual firmware version [2] = EEPROM0 version [3] = EEPROM1 version [4] = EEPROM2 version [5] = EEPROM3 version [6] = EEPROM4 version SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 495 SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_4 115: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_5 10500: ENC_ID_TIME_PRETRIGGER 10501: ENC_ID_TIME_SEND_TELEG_1 10502: ENC_ID_TIME_CYCLE_FINISHED 10503: ENC_ID_TIME_DELTA_FUNMAN 10504: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_CALCTIMES 10505: ENC_ID_SYNO_PERIOD 10516: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_A 10517: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_B 10518: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_C 10519: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_D 10520: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_A_SAFETY 10521: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_B_SAFETY 10523: ENC_ID_ADC_TEMP_1 10524: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_TRACK_A SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 496 10677: ENC_ID_COUNTCORR_ABS_VALUE 10678: ENC_ID_SAWTOOTH_CORR 10680: ENC_ID_SM_XIST1_CORRECTED_QUADRANTS 10692: ENC_ID_RESISTANCE_CALIB_INSTANT 10693: ENC_ID_SERPROT_POS 10700: ENC_ID_AB_VIOL_COUNT 10723: ENC_ID_ACT_STATEMACHINE_FUNCTION 10724: ENC_ID_ACT_FUNMAN_FUNCTION 10725: ENC_ID_SAFETY_COUNTER_CRC 10728: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_AREA 10740: ENC_ID_POS_ABSOLUTE 10741: ENC_ID_POS_REFMARK 10742: ENC_ID_SAWTOOTH 10743: ENC_ID_SAFETY_PULSE_COUNTER 10745: ENC_ID_EIU_ZEROCTRL 10756: ENC_ID_DSA_ACTUAL_SPEED SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 497 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Parameter to display a DSA signal in the signed-integer format. The associated signal number is represented at the appropriate index in r7831. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 498 Millimeter or degrees Meters / minute Meters / second Millihenry Newton meter Newton meter/Ampere Volt/Ampere Newton meter second / rad 31.25 microseconds Microseconds Milliseconds Kilowatt Micro amps peak-to-peak Volt seconds Microvolt seconds SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 499 Pulses / revolution 122: Microfarads 123: Milliohm 124: 0.01 Newton meter 125: Kilogram millimeter^2 126: Rad / (seconds newton meter) 127: Henry 128: Kelvin 129: Hours 130: Kilohertz 131: Milliamperes peak-to-peak SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 500 = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 8 r7843[19] = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 20 r7843[20] = 0 dec Serial number = 111923E SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 501 For the manual mode: the STW1 (control word 1) entered from the IOP is displayed. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal ON/OFF1 OC / OFF2 OC / OFF3 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Acknowledge fault Jog bit 0 3030 Jog bit 1 3030 Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 502 [10] = Master control by PLC [11] = Direction reversal (setpoint) [12] = Enable speed controller [13] = Motorized potentiometer raise [14] = Motorized potentiometer lower [15] = CDS bit 0 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 503 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory. Dependency: Refer to: p1000 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 504 0 signal: There is no fault outside the range 8700 ... 8799. 1 signal: There is at least one fault outside the range 8700 ... 8799. Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1001 hex. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 505 For p8604[0] = 0 and/or p8604[1] = 0, the life guarding event service (monitoring the node guarding, fault F08700 with fault value = 2) is deactivated. The node guarding protocol is active without the life guarding event service, if the heartbeat protocol is deactivated (p8606 = 0). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 506 Start CAN controller Index: [0] = Manual controller start function [1] = Activating the automatic controller start function Note: For index 0: This parameter is automatically reset to 0 after start. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 507 [1] = Most recent drive number / fault number [2] = Number of faults drive 1 [3] = Fault 1/ drive 1 [4] = Fault 2/ drive 1 [5] = Fault 3/ drive 1 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 508 Bit rate = 20 kbit/s --> p8622 = 6 --> associated bit timing is in p8623[6]. Value: 1 Mbit/s 800 kbit/s 500 kbit/s 250 kbit/s 125 kbit/s 50 kbit/s 20 kbit/s 10 kbit/s SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 509 1) and the parameter area (index 2) when using virtual objects. This means that it is possible to access all SINAMICS parameters via CAN. Index 0: 0: Not possible to access virtual CANopen objects 1: Possible to access virtual CANopen objects SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 510 Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the CANopen NMT state that is effective after booting. Value: Stopped Operational 127: Pre-operational SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 511 A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel. Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1400 hex. Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set. PDO: Process Data Object SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 512 A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel. Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1403 hex. Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set. PDO: Process Data Object SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 513 A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel. Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1406 hex. Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set. PDO: Process Data Object SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 514 [3] = Mapped object 4 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1601 hex. Dummy mapping not supported. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 515 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 6 (RPDO 6). Index: [0] = Mapped object 1 [1] = Mapped object 2 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 516 A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel. Notice: For inhibit time and event timer, the following apply: A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 517 A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off. Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1802 hex. Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set. p2048: CANopen sampling time PDO: Process Data Object SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 518 A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off. Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1804 hex. Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set. p2048: CANopen sampling time PDO: Process Data Object SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 519 Corresponds to the CANopen object 1806 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set. p8848: CANopen sampling time PDO: Process Data Object SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 520 [3] = Mapped object 4 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A01 hex. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 521 Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 6 (TPDO 6). Index: [0] = Mapped object 1 [1] = Mapped object 2 [2] = Mapped object 3 [3] = Mapped object 4 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 522 Index: [0] = PZD object 0 [1] = PZD object 1 [2] = PZD object 2 [3] = PZD object 3 [4] = PZD object 4 [5] = PZD object 5 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 523 Index 4 corresponds to the CANopen object 5814 hex Index 5 corresponds to the CANopen object 5815 hex Index 6 corresponds to the CANopen object 5816 hex Index 7 corresponds to the CANopen object 5817 hex SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 524 Index 2 corresponds to the CANopen object 5832 hex Index 3 corresponds to the CANopen object 5833 hex Index 4 corresponds to the CANopen object 5834 hex Index 5 corresponds to the CANopen object 5835 hex SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 525 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the mapped 32-bit receive CANopen objects in the process data buffer. Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2 [1] = PZD 2 + 3 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 526 0 signal Ready for switching on Ready Operation enabled Fault present No coasting active No Quick Stop active Switching-on inhibited active Alarm present Can be freely interconnected (BI: p8785) Control request SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 527 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the automatic BICO interconnection of the CANopen control word. Value: No interconnection Interconnection Dependency: Refer to: r2050, r2090, r2091, r2092, r2093, r8750, r8795 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 528 1 signal 0 signal ON/OFF1 Do not activate coast down Do not activate a Quick Stop Enable operation Enable ramp-function generator Continue ramp-function generator No (freeze) Enable speed setpoint Acknowledge fault SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 529 The parameter corresponds to the CANopen object 6094 hex. The internal velocity is calculated as follows: n_set_internal = object 6094.1 / object 6094.2 * 1/(p0408 * 2^p0418) * n_set_bus Index: [0] = Numerator [1] = Denominator SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 530 - DD: day 01 ... 31 - hh: hours 00 ... 23 - mm: minutes 00 ... 59 Separators must be placed between the individual data, i.e. a hyphen '-', space ' ' and colon ':'. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 531 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: State display for PROFINET. Value: No initialization Fatal fault Initialization Send configuration Receive configuration Non-cyclic communication Cyclic communications but no setpoints (stop/no clock cycle) 255: Cyclic communication SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 532 Displays the PROFINET identification data Index: [0] = Version interface structure [1] = Version interface driver [2] = Company (Siemens = 42) [3] = CB type [4] = Firmware version [5] = Firmware date (year) [6] = Firmware date (day/month)
  • Page 533 The actual subnet mask is displayed in r8933. Dependency: Refer to: p8925, r8933 Note: The interface configuration (p8920 and following) is activated with p8925. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 534 - automation controller (SIMOTION or SIMATIC A-CPU). - safety controller (SIMATIC F-CPU). Value: Automation or Safety Automation and Safety Notice: The F CPU may only use PROFIsafe telegrams. Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 535 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0000 hex 00FF hex Description: Displays the MAC address for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 536 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the IP address of the second PROFINET controller connected with the device via PN onboard. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 537 129: 130: 0.25 131: 0.125 132: 0.0625 133: 0.03125 Dependency: Refer to: p8980 Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 538 USS commissioning via the virtual COM port Only memory access USB commissioning and memory access Note: COMM: Commissioning. A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 539 For bit 30 = 1, PROFIsafe telegram 900 must be configured in the F host. SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) SLS: Safely Limited Speed SSM: Safe Speed Monitor (safety-relevant feedback signal from the speed monitoring) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 540 When the function is activated, a safety-relevant acknowledgment (internal event acknowledge) can be performed by selecting/deselecting STO. For bit 01: When the function is activated, the active setpoint velocity limit (CO: r9733) is set to zero when STOP F is active. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 541 [5] = Gearbox 6 [6] = Gearbox 7 [7] = Gearbox 8 Dependency: Refer to: p9322 Notice: It is not possible to change over the gearbox stages. Gearbox 1 (index 0) is always active. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 542 Sets the tolerance for the crosswise data comparison of the actual position between processors 1 and 2. Dependency: Refer to: p9542 Refer to: C01711 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 543 Refer to: p9548 Refer to: C01706 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 544 This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: The shutdown speed has no effect for a value = 0. SS1: Safe Stop 1 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 545 This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle. SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 546 Displays the status of the acceptance test mode. Value: [00 hex] Acc_mode inactive [0C hex] Acc_mode not possible due to POWER ON fault [0D hex] Acc_mode not possible due to incorrect ID in p9370 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 547 A higher value results in a higher degree of ruggedness when reversing at low speeds, as well as in the field weakening range for load steps. An increase is advantageous, if the current or voltage at the motor become small. Dependency: Refer to: p9507 Refer to: F30681, C30711 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 548 |p0305 x p9783| >= p9388 x 1.2 Recommendation: If required, the correct value of the motor minimum current should be determined by making the appropriate measurements. Dependency: Refer to: r9785 Refer to: C30711 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 549 Sets the checksum over the checked Safety Integrated parameters of the motion monitoring functions (reference checksum) on processor 2. Index: [0] = Checksum over SI parameters for motion monitoring [1] = Checksum over SI parameters with hardware reference Dependency: Refer to: r9398 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 550 For bit 02, 00: Bit 2/0 = 0/0: No memory card inserted. Bit 2/0 = 0/1: Memory card inserted, but not a SIEMENS memory card. Bit 2/0 = 1/0: Status not possible. Bit 2/0 = 1/1: SIEMENS memory card inserted.
  • Page 551 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes. Dependency: Refer to: r9406, r9407 Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter. r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted...
  • Page 552 The signal source to be searched for is set in p9484 (BICO-coded) and the search result is specified using the number (r9485) and the first index (r9486). Dependency: Refer to: r9485, r9486 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 553 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the behavior when activating BICO interconnections to drive objects that are either not capable of operation or have been deactivated. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 554 Dependency: Refer to: p9495, p9496, p9497, p9498 Refer to: A01318, A01507 Note: A BICO interconnection (signal sink, signal source) is displayed in the same index of p9498 and p9499. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 555 Description: Sets the function specification for the safe motion monitoring. Value: Safety without encoder with brake ramp (SBR) Safety without encoder with accel_monitoring (SAM) / delay time Dependency: Refer to: C01711 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 556 For bit = 0 and with the SDI safety function activated, the following applies: - Monitoring continues during pulse suppression. The status signal indicates active and the system goes into the STO state. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 557 [0] = Limit value SLS1 [1] = Limit value SLS2 [2] = Limit value SLS3 [3] = Limit value SLS4 Dependency: Refer to: p9563 Refer to: C01714 Note: SLS: Safely Limited Speed SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 558 When this limit value is undershot, the signal "SSM feedback signal active" is set. Caution: The following applies for p9506 = 3: The "SAM" function is switched out if the selected threshold value is undershot. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 559 Sets the delay time for STOP A after STOP B. Dependency: Refer to: p9560 Refer to: C01701 Note: The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 560 These settings apply to the individual limit values for SLS. Value: STOP A STOP B Index: [0] = Limit value SLS1 [1] = Limit value SLS2 [2] = Limit value SLS3 [3] = Limit value SLS4 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 561 Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 1000.00 [rpm] 0.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the velocity tolerance limit for the "SAM" function. SAM is deactivated once the set velocity limit has been undershot. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 562 99000.00 [ms] 250.00 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time for monitoring the brake ramp. Monitoring of the brake ramp starts once the delay time has elapsed. Dependency: Refer to: p9581, p9583 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 563 Safety message C01711 with the message value 1041 or 1042. Note: This parameter is only effective for encoderless actual value sensing (p9506/p9306 = 1, 3). The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 564 The actual value correction filter intervenes at this instant in time. The step is no longer so drastic. Dependency: Refer to: r9784 Refer to: C01711 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 565 Enable PROFIsafe (processor 1) Enable Inhibit Enable Power Module STO Enable Inhibit Dependency: Refer to: r9771, p9801 Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. STO: Safe Torque Off SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 566 "Safe Brake Control" (p1215 = 3, p9602 = p9802 = 1). It is not permissible to parameterize "motor holding brake without feedback signals" and enable "Safe Brake Control" (p1278 = 1, p9602 = p9802 = 1). SBC: Safe Brake Control SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 567 For a data cross-check between p9652 and p9852, a difference of one Safety monitoring clock cycle is tolerated. The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle. SS1: Safe Stop 1 (corresponds to Stop Category 1 acc. to EN60204) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 568 STO via terminals on the Power Module. After the monitoring time set in p9661 has expired, an appropriate alarm is output. Dependency: Refer to: p9661 Refer to: A01678 Note: PM: Power Module STO: Safe Torque Off SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 569 [AC hex] Acknowledge data change complete 220: [DC hex] Acknowledge SI basic parameter change 236: [EC hex] Acknowledge hardware CRC Dependency: Refer to: r9398, p9399, r9728, p9729, r9798, p9799, r9898, p9899 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 570 0 signal Actual value > upper limit SLS1 Actual value > lower limit SLS1 Actual value > upper limit SLS2 Actual value > lower limit SLS2 Actual value > upper limit SLS3 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 571 The maximum difference between the load-side position actual value on processor 1 and the load-side position actual value on processor 2. For index 4: The content corresponds to the value in index 0. KDV: Data cross-check SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 572 SSM (speed below limit value) 2823 Notice: For bit 07: An internal event is displayed if a STOP A ... F is active. The signal state behaves in an opposite way to the PROFIsafe Standard. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 573 Additional diagnostic values of the drive. For index 1: Displays the value from processor 1 that resulted in the STOP F. For index 2: Displays the value from processor 2 that resulted in the STOP F. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 574 Index 1: For a two-encoder system, with just non-safety capable encoders, this means the poorer value of the two encoders. Index[1] takes into account the coarse resolution of the encoder only SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 575 Select SLS bit1 SDI positive selected SDI negative selected ESR retract requested Note: SIC: Safety Info Channel For bit 07: An internal event is displayed if a STOP A ... F is active. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 576 The new password entered into p9762 must be re-entered in order to acknowledge. p9762 = p9763 = 0 is automatically set after the new Safety Integrated password has been successfully acknowledged. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 577 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 Dependency: Refer to: r9768 Note: The PROFIsafe trailer at the end of the telegram is also displayed (2 words). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 578 SS1: Safe Stop 1 STO: Safe Torque Off / SH: Safe standstill SSM: Safe Speed Monitor (safety-related feedback signal from the speed monitoring) / SGA n < nx: Safety-related output n < nx SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 579 These bits show via which path the SS1 was triggered, i.e. what has started the SS1 delay time. If the SS1 delay time is not started (e.g. because an STO is triggered at the same time), neither of the two bits is set. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 580 These bits show via which path the SS1 was triggered, i.e. what has started the SS1 delay time. If the SS1 delay time is not started (e.g. because an STO is triggered at the same time), neither of the two bits is set. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 581 Note: Information regarding the relationship between monitoring clock cycle and response times can be found in the following references: - SINAMICS G120 Function Manual Safety Integrated - technical documentation for the particular product SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 582 - [mA] - [mA] - [mA] Description: Display to diagnose currents of the encoderless actual value sensing. Index: [0] = Minimum current parameterized [1] = Minimum current measured Dependency: Refer to: p9588 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 583 = 1 (monitoring clock cycle) r9794[1] = 2 (enable safety functions) r9794[2] = 3 (F-DI changeover, tolerance time) A complete list of numbers for cross-checked data items appears in fault F01611. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 584 Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). 0009 hex: Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). 000C hex: Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.4 = 1). SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 585 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. STO: Safe Torque Off SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 586 Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.00 [µs] 100000.00 [µs] 1000.00 [µs] Description: Sets the debounce time for the digital input used to control STO/SBC/SS1. The debounce time is rounded to whole milliseconds. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 587 SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) SI: Safety Integrated SS1: Safe Stop 1 STO: Safe Torque Off / SH: Safe standstill SSM: Safe Speed Monitor (safety-relevant feedback signal from the speed monitoring) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 588 These bits show via which path the SS1 was triggered, i.e. what has started the SS1 delay time. If the SS1 delay time is not started (e.g. because an STO is triggered at the same time), neither of the two bits is set. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 589 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800 Factory setting Description: Displays the checksum for the Safety Integrated parameters checked using checksums on processor 2 (actual checksum). Dependency: Refer to: r9798, p9899 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 590 - serial number of the Node Identifier (4 indices) - index of the component - order number (8 indices) - attribute to compare the actual topology and target topology of the component - component number SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 591 With p9905 = 2, the serial numbers, the hardware versions and the order numbers of all of the components are transferred from the actual topology into the target topology and a new comparison is started. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 592 Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0000 hex 0007 07FF hex 0007 02FF hex Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes. p9916 DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave / DQ fault slave Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32...
  • Page 593 Description: Displays the status when the firmware is checked when the system is booted. 0: Firmware not yet checked. 1: Check running. 2: Check successfully completed. 3: Check indicates an error. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 594 After switch-on, binector output r9935.0 is set with the start of the first sampling time and is again reset after approx. 100 ms. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal POWER ON delay signal High SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 595 Using the detailed diagnostics, it is possible to investigate data transfer errors on an individual connection, selected using p9942. Value: Inactive Sum send and receive errors Only send errors Only receive errors Siemens internal Siemens internal Siemens internal SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 596 Index: [0] = Computing time utilization (min) [1] = Computing time utilization (averaged) [2] = Computing time utilization (max) [3] = Largest total utilization (min) [4] = Largest total utilization (averaged) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 597 Within this time, for a forced checking procedure of the digital output, the signal must have been detected via the corresponding readback input (p10047). Dependency: Refer to: p10003, p10007, p10017, p10046 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 598 Selects an input terminal to start the test stop. The test stop is started with a 0/1 signal at the input terminal and is then only possible if the drive is not in commissioning mode. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 599 Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "SS1" function. Value: Static selected F-DI 0 F-DI 1 F-DI 2 255: Static deselected Dependency: Refer to: p10123 Note: If value = 0: No terminal assigned, safety function always selected. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 600 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "SDI negative" function. Value: Static selected F-DI 0 F-DI 1 F-DI 2 255: Static deselected SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 601 Activates the readback input for the safety digital output (F-DO) The test mode for the particular safety digital output is set in p10047. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Test F-DO 0 Test active No test SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 602 0 signal F-DI 0 processor 1 Transfer No transfer F-DI 1 processor 1 Transfer No transfer F-DI 2 processor 1 Transfer No transfer Dependency: Refer to: p10150 Note: F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 603 Sets the delay time for testing the digital output. Within this time, for a forced checking procedure of the digital output, the signal must have been detected via the corresponding readback input (p10047). Dependency: Refer to: p10003, p10007, p10046 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 604 Debounce time = 1 ms: Fault pulses of 1 ms are filtered; only pulses longer than 2 ms are processed. Debounce time = 3 ms: Fault pulses of 3 ms are filtered; only pulses longer than 4 ms are processed. The debounce result can be read in r10151. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 605 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "SLS" function. Value: Static selected F-DI 0 F-DI 1 F-DI 2 255: Static deselected Dependency: Refer to: p10026 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 606 If value = 0: No terminal assigned, safety function always selected. If value = 255: No terminal assigned, safety function always deselected. F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 607 Sets the test of the feedback line for forced checking procedure. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Test F-DO 0 Test active No test Note: F-DO: Fail-safe Digital Output SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 608 0 signal F-DI 0 processor 2 Transfer No transfer F-DI 1 processor 2 Transfer No transfer F-DI 2 processor 2 Transfer No transfer Dependency: Refer to: p10050 Note: F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 609 Factory setting Description: Displays the status of the digital output of processor 2. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal F-DO 0 processor 2 High 2853 Note: F-DO: Fail-safe Digital Output SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 610 CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 0 of the AND function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 611 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 1 of the AND function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 612 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 2 of the AND function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 613 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 3 of the AND function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 614 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance OR 0 of the OR function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 615 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance OR 1 of the OR function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 616 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance OR 2 of the OR function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 617 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance OR 3 of the OR function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 618 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance XOR 0 of the XOR function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 619 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance XOR 1 of the XOR function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 620 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance XOR 2 of the XOR function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 621 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance XOR 3 of the XOR function block is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 622 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 0 of the inverter is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 623 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 1 of the inverter is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 624 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 2 of the inverter is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 625 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 3 of the inverter is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 626 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance ADD 0 of the adder is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 627 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance ADD 1 of the adder is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 628 (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance SUB 0 of the subtractor is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 629 (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance SUB 1 of the subtractor is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 630 (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance MUL 0 of the multiplier is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 631 (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance MUL 1 of the multiplier is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 632 CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Display parameter for the signal QF that the divisor X2 of instance DIV 0 of the divider is zero. X2 = 0.0 => QF = 1 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 633 Display parameter for quotients Y = X1 / X2, the integer number quotients YIN, and division remainder MOD = (Y - YIN) x X2 of instance DIV 1 of the divider. Index: [0] = Quotient Y [1] = Integer number quotient YIN [2] = Div remainder MOD SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 634 Func. diagram: 7224 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source of the input quantity X of instance AVA 0 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 635 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AVA 0 within the run-time group set in p20131. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 636 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance AVA 1 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 637 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance MFP 0 of the pulse generator. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 638 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP 0.00 5400000.00 0.00 (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 1 of the pulse generator. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 639 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PCL 0 of the pulse shortener. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 640 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PCL 0 within the run-time group set in p20151. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 641 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PCL 1 of the pulse shortener is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 642 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDE 0 of the closing delay device. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 643 Func. diagram: 7232 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP 0.00 5400000.00 0.00 (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for pulse delay time T in milliseconds of instance PDE 1 of the closing delay device. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 644 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDF 0 of the breaking delay device. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 645 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDF 0 within the run-time group set in p20171. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 646 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 1 of the breaking delay device is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 647 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PST 0 of the pulse extension element. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 648 Func. diagram: 7234 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP 0.00 5400000.00 0.00 (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance PST 1 of the pulse extension element. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 649 (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source for set input S and reset input R of instance RSR 0 of the RS flipflop. Index: [0] = Set S [1] = Reset R SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 650 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance RSR 0 within the run-time group set in p20191. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 651 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance RSR 1 of the RS flipflop is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 652 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Display parameter for the inverted output QN of instance DFR 0 of the D flipflop. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 653 CU250S_V_CAN Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Display parameter for output Q of instance DFR 1 of the D flipflop. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 654 CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0 and I1 of instance BSW 0 of the binary changeover switch. Index: [0] = Input I0 [1] = Input I1 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 655 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance BSW 0 within the run-time group set in p20211. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 656 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance BSW 1 of the binary changeover switch is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 657 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance NSW 0 of the numeric changeover switch. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 658 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance NSW 1 of the numeric changeover switch. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 659 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance LIM 0 of the limiter. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 660 Func. diagram: 7260 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Display parameter of instance LIM 0 of limiter QL (lower limit reached), i.e. QL = 1 for X <= LL. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 661 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP -340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000 (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for the upper limit value LU of instance LIM 1 of the limiter. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 662 (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance LIM 1 of the limiter is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 663 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP 0.00 340.28235E36 0.00 (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the smoothing time constant T in milliseconds of instance PT1 0 of the smoothing element. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 664 Sets the signal source of input quantity X and of setting value SV of instance PT1 1 of the smoothing element. Index: [0] = Input X [1] = Setting value SV SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 665 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PT1 1 of the smoothing element is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 666 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP -340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000 (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the lower limit value LL of instance INT 0 of the integrator. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 667 Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Display parameter for the signal QL that output quantity Y of instance INT 0 of the integrator has reached the lower limit value LL. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 668 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP -340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000 (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for the interval average M of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 669 Display parameter of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X < M - L and X is <= M - L + HY. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 670 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP -340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000 (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for the interval average M of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 671 Display parameter of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X < M - L and X is <= M - L + HY. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 672 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP 0.00 340.28235E36 0.00 (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the differentiating time constant Td in milliseconds of instance DIF 0 of the differentiating element. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 673 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 4 of the inverter. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 674 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 5 of the inverter. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 675 Sets the signal source of input quantities X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance ADD 2 of the adder. Index: [0] = Input X0 [1] = Input X1 [2] = Input X2 [3] = Input X3 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 676 (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0 and X1 of instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator. Index: [0] = Input X0 [1] = Input X1 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 677 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 678 Func. diagram: 7225 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Display parameter for binary quantity QE of instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator. QE is only set if X0 = X1. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 679 (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source for set input S and reset input R of instance RSR 2 of the RS flipflop. Index: [0] = Set S [1] = Reset R SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 680 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance RSR 2 within the run-time group set in p20327. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 681 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DFR 2 of the D flipflop is to be called. Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 682 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDE 2 of the closing delay device. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 683 Func. diagram: 7232 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP 0.00 5400000.00 0.00 (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for pulse delay time T in milliseconds of instance PDE 3 of the closing delay device. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 684 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDF 2 of the breaking delay device. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 685 Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 2 within the run-time group set in p20347. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 686 Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 3 of the breaking delay device is to be called. Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 687 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance MFP 2 of the pulse generator. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 688 Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP 0.00 5400000.00 0.00 (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 3 of the pulse generator. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 689 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source for input X of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 690 [0] = Breakpoint 0 [1] = Breakpoint 1 [2] = Breakpoint 2 [3] = Breakpoint 3 [4] = Breakpoint 4 [5] = Breakpoint 5 [6] = Breakpoint 6 [7] = Breakpoint 7 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 691 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226 (FBLOCKS) Factory setting CU250S_V_DP (FBLOCKS) CU250S_V_PN (FBLOCKS) Description: Sets the signal source for input X of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 1. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 692 [0] = Breakpoint 0 [1] = Breakpoint 1 [2] = Breakpoint 2 [3] = Breakpoint 3 [4] = Breakpoint 4 [5] = Breakpoint 5 [6] = Breakpoint 6 [7] = Breakpoint 7 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 693 30: - p9611 = p9811 = 998 and p60022 = 0 - p9611 = p9811 = 998 and p60022 = 30 - p9611 = p9811 = 30 and p60022 = 30 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 694 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410 Factory setting Description: Displays PROFINET IP of Station. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 695 CI: Ramp-function generator ramp-down time scaling / RFG t_RD scal p1140[0...n] BI: Enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator / Enable RFG p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 696: Command And Drive Data Sets - Overview

    CI: Technology controller setpoint 1 / Tec_ctrl setp 1 p2254[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 2 / Tec_ctrl setp 2 p2264[0...n] CI: Technology controller actual value / Tec_ctrl act val p2286[0...n] BI: Hold technology controller integrator / Tec_ctr integ hold SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 697 CO: Speed limit in positive direction of rotation / n_limit pos p1086[0...n] CO: Speed limit in negative direction of rotation / n_limit neg p1091[0...n] Skip speed 1 / n_skip 1 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 698 U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 1 / Uf char U1 p1322[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic frequency 2 / Uf char f2 p1323[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 2 / Uf char U2 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 699 Stall limit scaling / Stall limit scal p1560[0...n] Moment of inertia estimator accelerating torque threshold value / J_est M thresh p1561[0...n] Moment of inertia estimator change time moment of inertia / J_est t J SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 700 Motor model kT adaptation corrective value / MotMod kT corr p1800[0...n] Pulse frequency setpoint / Pulse freq setp p1802[0...n] Modulator mode / Modulator mode p1803[0...n] Maximum modulation depth / Modulat depth max SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 701 CO: Technology controller fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5 p2206[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 6 / Tec_ctr fix val 6 p2207[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 7 / Tec_ctr fix val 7 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 702 Fluid flow machine speed point 5 / Fluid_mach n5 p3820[0...n] Friction characteristic value n0 / Friction n0 p3821[0...n] Friction characteristic value n1 / Friction n1 p3822[0...n] Friction characteristic value n2 / Friction n2 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 703 Rated motor torque / Mot M_rated r0313[0...n] Motor pole pair number, actual (or calculated) / Mot PolePairNo act p0314[0...n] Motor pole pair number / Mot pole pair No. p0316[0...n] Motor torque constant / Mot kT SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 704 Angle magnetic decoupling maximum angle / Magn decpl max_ang p0530[0...n] Bearing version selection / Bearing vers sel p0531[0...n] Bearing code number selection / Bearing codeNo sel p0532[0...n] Bearing maximum speed / Bearing n_max SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 705 Mot_temp_mod 1/3 fault threshold / F thresh r5398[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 3 alarm threshold image p5390 / A thr image p5390 r5399[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 3 fault threshold image p5391 / F thr image p5391 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 706 Encoder commissioning serial number part 5 / Enc comm ser_no 5 p0446[0...n] Encoder SSI number of bits before the absolute value / Enc SSI bit before p0447[0...n] Encoder SSI number of bits absolute value / Enc SSI bit val SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 707 Zero mark monitoring tolerance window alarm threshold negative / ZM tol A_thr neg p4685[0...n] Speed actual value mean value generation / n_act mean val p4686[0...n] Zero mark minimum length / ZM min length SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 708 BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable p1143[0...n] BI: Ramp-function generator, accept setting value / RFG accept set v p1201[0...n] BI: Flying restart enable signal source / Fly_res enab S_src SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 709: Bico Parameters (Connectors/Binectors)

    BI: EPOS jog 2 signal source / Jog 2 S_src p2591 BI: EPOS jogging incremental / Jog incr p2595 BI: EPOS referencing start / Ref start p2596 BI: EPOS set reference point / Set ref_pt SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 710 BI: AND 1 inputs / AND 1 inputs p20038[0...3] BI: AND 2 inputs / AND 2 inputs p20042[0...3] BI: AND 3 inputs / AND 3 inputs p20046[0...3] BI: OR 0 inputs / OR 0 inputs SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 711 BI: PDF 3 input pulse I / PDF 3 inp_pulse I p20354 BI: MFP 2 input pulse I / MFP 2 inp_pulse I p20359 BI: MFP 3 input pulse I / MFP 3 inp_pulse I SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 712: Connector Inputs (Ci)

    CI: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal p2297[0...n] CI: Technology controller maximum limit signal source / Tec_ctrMaxLimS_src p2298[0...n] CI: Technology controller minimum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl min_l s_s SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 713 CI: NCM 1 inputs / NCM 1 inputs p20372 CI: PLI 0 input X / PLI 0 input X p20378 CI: PLI 1 input X / PLI 1 input X SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 714: Binector Outputs (Bo)

    BO: DFR 1 output Q / DFR 1 output Q r20205 BO: DFR 1 inverted output QN / DFR 1 inv outp QN r20210 BO: BSW 0 output Q / BSW 0 output Q SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 715: Connector Outputs (Co)

    CO: Speed controller system deviation / n_ctrl sys dev r0066 CO: Output frequency / f_outp r0067 CO: Output current maximum / Current max r0068[0...1] CO: Absolute current actual value / I_act abs val SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 716 CO: Motorized potentiometer setpoint after ramp-function generator / Mot poti setpoint r1073 CO: Main setpoint effective / Main setpoint eff r1077 CO: Supplementary setpoint effective / Suppl setpoint eff r1078 CO: Total setpoint effective / Total setpoint eff SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 717 CO: PROFIBUS PZD receive word / PZD recv word r2060[0...10] CO: PROFIdrive PZD receive double word / PZD recv DW r2089[0...4] CO: Send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 718 CO: EPOS software limit switch plus / SW lim switch plus p2599 CO: EPOS reference point coordinate value / Ref_pt coord val r2665 CO: EPOS position setpoint / s_set r2666 CO: EPOS velocity setpoint / v_set SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 719 CO: MUL 1 product Y / MUL 1 product Y r20119[0...2] CO: DIV 0 quotient / DIV 0 quotient r20124[0...2] CO: DIV 1 quotient / DIV 1 quotient r20129 CO: AVA 0 output Y / AVA 0 output Y SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 720: Connector/Binector Outputs (Co/Bo)

    CO/BO: Status word monitoring 3 / ZSW monitor 3 r2225.0 CO/BO: Technology controller fixed value selection status word / Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW r2349.0...13 CO/BO: Technology controller status word / Tec_ctrl status SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 721 CO/BO: SI Motion digital outputs status (processor 1) / SI DO status P1 r10151.0...2 CO/BO: SI Motion digital inputs status (processor 2) / SI DI status P2 r10152.0 CO/BO: SI Motion digital outputs status (processor 2) / SI DO status P2 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 722 Write protection / Write protection p8805 Identification and maintenance 4 configuration / I&M 4 config p8806[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 1 / I&M 1 p8807[0...15] Identification and Maintenance 2 / I&M 2 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 723: Command Data Sets (Cds)

    SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 1) / SI enable fct P1 p9810 SI PROFIsafe address (processor 2) / SI PROFIsafe P2 p9902 Target topology number of indices / TargetTopo indices SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 724 Reset drive parameters C(1,30) p1080 Minimum speed C(1)T p1082 Maximum rotation speed C(1)T p1120 Ramp-function generator ramp-up time C(1)UT p1121 Ramp-function generator ramp-down time C(1)UT p1135 OFF3 ramp-down time C(1)UT SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 725: Quick Commissioning (P0010 = 1)

    At the end of the quick commissioning, set p3900 = 1 to perform the required motor calculations and reset all other parameters (not included in p0010 = 1) to their default settings. Note This only applies for the quick commissioning. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 726 2 Parameters 2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 727 3.18 Vector control / U/f control 3.19 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1) 3.20 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2) 3.21 Technology functions 3.22 Free function blocks 3.23 Technology controller SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 728 3 Function diagrams 3.24 Signals and monitoring functions 3.25 Diagnostics 3.26 Data sets SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 729 2452 – PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0) ......SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units...

  • Page 730: Table Of Contents

    2510 – Status word 1 (r0052) ............SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units...
  • Page 731 2853 – Fail-safe digital output (F-DO 0) ..........SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units...
  • Page 732 3635 – Interpolator ..............SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units...
  • Page 733 6700 – Current control, overview ............SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units...
  • Page 734 7017 – DC braking (ASM, p0300 = 1) ........... SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units...
  • Page 735 8019 – Motor temperature model 3 ........... . . SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units...

  • Page 736: Drive Data Sets (Dds)

    8570 – Encoder Data Sets (EDS) ............SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units...
  • Page 737 Function diagrams 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) 1030 – Handling BICO technology SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 738: Motor Data Sets (Mds)

    Parameters Connectors Binectors Connectors/binectors Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Parameter name [Unit] Monitoring parameter with Connector input CI Binector input BI with Parameter name Parameter name Parameter name rxxxx[y..z] unit [Unit] and index range with index range [y..z] with index range [y..z] or pxxxx[y..z] pxxxx[y..z]...
  • Page 739 Pre-assigned binectors and connectors Symbols for logic functions Symbols for computational and closed-loop control functions Fixed percentage values NOT element Fixed value 1 [%] Logical inversion (negation) -10000.00 ... 10000.00 [%] Threshold value switch 1/0 p2900 [D] (0.00) AND element Outputs at y a logical "1"...
  • Page 740 Switch-on delay Switch symbol 2nd-order filter (bandstop/general filter) pxxxx pxxxx Simple changeover switch The switch position is shown according Natural frequency, numerator Damping, numerator to the factory setting of pxxxx fn_n (in this case switch position 1). pzzzz pwwww pxxxx The digital signal x must have the value "1"...
  • Page 741 Handling BICO technology Binectors are binary signals that can be freely interconnected (BO = Binector Output). Binector: r0723.15 They represent a bit of a "BO:" display parameter (e.g. bit 15 from r0723). Connectors are "analog signals" that can be freely interconnected (e.g. percentage variables, speeds or torques). Connector: r0723 Connectors are also "CO:"...
  • Page 742 2256 – Analog inputs as digital inputs (DI 11 ... DI 12) 2261 – Analog outputs 0 ... 1 (AO 0 ... AO 1) 2272 – Two-wire control 2273 – Three-wire control SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 743: Input/Output Terminals

    [2242] 3 Digital outputs Simulation for DI 0 ... DI 5, DI 6… DI 19, DI/DO 24 … DI/DO 27 CU DI status inv CU DI simulation CU DI t_debounce CU DO inv r0723 p0795 .0...27 p0724 p0748 r0721 .0...27 X135 r0723 .0...27...
  • Page 744 Kl. 9 +24 V OUT External power supply 1 = Simulation on 24 V DC Kl. 28 CU DI simulation CU DI t_debounce CU DI status inv p0795 Kl. 69 DI COM 1 Kl. 69 DI COM 1 p0724 r0721.0 r0723 r0723 Kl.
  • Page 745 External power supply Switching to Switching to 24 V DC P potential M potential Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 28 Kl. 28 Kl. 40 DI COM3 Kl. 40 DI COM3 Kl. 40 DI COM3 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation p0795...
  • Page 746 24 V DC to next device Kl. 31 +24 V Kl. 31 Kl. 32 GND IN CU DI simulation p0795.24 (0) CU DI status inv CU DI simul setp p0796.24 (0) r0723 CU DI term act val Kl. 32 GND IN r0721.24 r0723 CU DI status...
  • Page 747 24 V DC to next device Kl. 31 +24 V Kl. 31 Kl. 32 GND IN CU DI simulation p0795 .26 (0) CU DI status inv CU DI simul setp p0796 .26 (0) r0723 CU DI term act val Kl. 32 GND IN r0721.26 r0723...
  • Page 748 CU DO inv p0748 CU DO status CU S_src DO 0 r0747 p0730 DO 0 (52.3) Kl. 18 Kl. 19 Kl. 20 CU DO inv p0748 CU DO status CU S_src DO 1 r0747 p0731 (52.7) DO 1 Kl. 21 Kl.
  • Page 749 <2> <3> <4> CU AI type 0 ... 4 p0756[0..1] (4) CU WireBrkThresh CU AI status word CU wire brk t_del CU AI sim_mode 0.00 ... 20.00 0 ... 1000 [ms] r0751 0 ... 1 p0761[0..1] (2.00) p0762[0..1] (100) p0797[0..1] (0) 3 20 mA F03505...
  • Page 750 Current AI 0/1 <1> Voltage Kl. 1 +10 V OUT (Kl. 9) (+24 V OUT) Kl. 2 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation 1.6 V 4.0 V p0795 CU DI t_debounce p0724 r0721.11 CU DI status inv Kl. 3 AI 0+ (DI 11) r0723 r0723...
  • Page 751 CU AO outp act ref [%] CU AO char x1 CU AO char x2 r0772 CU AO type -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] 0 ... 2 p0777 (0.00) [0] (0) p0779 (100.00) [0] (100) CU AO absVal act CU AO T_smooth p0776 (0) [0] (0)
  • Page 752 Two-wire control (p0015 = 17 or p3334 = 1) Two-wire control (p0015 = 18 or p3334 = 2) clockwise/counterclockwise 1 clockwise/counterclockwise 2 0 ... 4 0 ... 4 p3334 (0) p3334 (0) CU DI status 2/3 wire cmd 1 CU DI status 2/3 wire cmd 1 r0722 p3330[C]...
  • Page 753 Three-wire control (p0015 = 19 or p3334 = 3) Three-wire control (p0015 = 20 or p3334 = 4) enable clockwise/counterclockwise enable ON/reversing 0 ... 4 0 ... 4 p3334 (0) p3334 (0) CU DI Status 2/3 wire cmd 1 CU DI Status 2/3 wire cmd 1 r0722 p3330[C]...
  • Page 754 3 Function diagrams 3.4 PROFIenergy PROFIenergy Function diagrams 2381 – Control commands and interrogation commands 2382 – States SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 755: Profienergy

    PROFIenergy control commands "Start_Pause" Pause_Time PROFINET "Start_Pause_with_time_response" 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy p5611.0 & Port 1 p5602 p5606 Port 2 + Time_to_pause + Time_to_operate "End_Pause" Ready for operation r5600 = 255 Energy-saving mode 2 r5600 = 2 [2382] PROFIenergy interrogation commands Time_to_pause Time_to_operate "List_Energy_Saving_Modes“...
  • Page 756 PROFIdrive states PROFIenergy states <1> POWER ON PROFIenergy POWER OFF PROFIenergy Energy- S1: Switching on inhibited saving mode active <2> PROFIenergy Energy-saving mode 2 A08800 & 1 = PE active r5613.0 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy & p5611 1 = Trans into energy-saving Start_Pause 1 = PE inactive mode from PROFIdrive...
  • Page 757 2470 – PROFIdrive - send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 2472 – PROFIdrive - status words, free interconnection 2473 – EtherNet/IP - control word / status word interconnection 2476 – PROFIdrive - SATZANW block selection interconnection SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 758: Communication Profidrive (Profibus/Profinet), Ethernet/Ip

    3 Function diagrams 3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP 2477 – PROFIdrive - AKTSATZ status word interconnection 2480 – PROFIdrive - MDI_MOD - MDI mode interconnection SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 759 Interconnecting the permanently assigned receive telegrams. Signal Description Interconnection Receive telegram Header [2440] ... [2446] Permanently assigned Data telegrams Interconnecting the permanently assigned send telegrams Trailer PB address 1 ... 126 Signal Description Interconnection p0918 (126) Axxxxx Monitoring Fxxxxx Diagnostics rxxxx [2450] ...
  • Page 760 ==> set the address using p0918 address Diag offs send <1> The response monitoring time t_An is automatically defined by r2076 the configuration tool (e.g. HW Config made by Siemens) within PB addr_sw diag p0918 the framework of PROFIBUS configuration. r2057 PROFINET / EtherNet/IP...
  • Page 761 <1> p0922 (999) Standard telegrams Interconnec- [2440], [2450] automatically tion is made according to Telegram PZD1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 PZD2 NSOLL_A NIST_A SATZANW AKTSATZ SATZANW AKTSATZ NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_B NIST_B NSOLL_B NIST_B...
  • Page 762 <1> Pd SIC telegr p0922 (999) p60122 Free telegram Manufacturer-specific telegrams Interconnec- [2440], [2450] automatically tion is made according to <4> Telegram PZD1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 <3> ZSW1 <3> PZD2 SATZANW AKTSATZ POS_STW1...
  • Page 763 Data type according to to the PROFIdrive profile: I16 = Integer16, I32 = Integer32, U16 = Unsigned16. <3> Display parameters for receive data according to [2468]. <4> Only SIEMENS telegram 350. PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP Function diagram fp_2440_97_03.vsd - 2440 -...
  • Page 764 Signal targets for STW1 in Interface Mode VIK-NAMUR (p2038 = 2) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target = ON (pulses can be enabled) STW1.0 p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) STW1.1 p0844[0] = r2090.1...
  • Page 765 Signal targets for STW1 in Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target = ON (pulses can be enabled) STW1.0 p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) STW1.1 p0844[0] = r2090.1...
  • Page 766 Signal targets for STW2 in Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target STW2.0 Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 p0820[0] = r2093.0 [8565] STW2.1 Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 p0821[0] = r2093.1 [8565] STW2.2...
  • Page 767 Signal targets for STW3 in Interface Mode SINAMICS <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target STW3.0 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 p1020[0] = r2093.0 [3010.2] [3010.2] STW3.1 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 p1021[0] = r2093.1 [2513.2] [3010.2]...
  • Page 768 Signal sources for PZD send signals p2051[0...7] WORD <1> r2053[0...7] WORD PROFIdrive send PROFIdrive Interconnection p2061[0...12] DWORD Signal Description Function diagram Data type Scaling telegram Signal No. parameter r2063[0...12] DWORD Header ZSW1 Status word 1 r2089[0] [2451], [2452] Data Status word 2 ZSW2 r2089[1] [2454]...
  • Page 769 Signal sources for ZSW1 in Interface Mode VIK-NAMUR (p2038 = 2) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target <1> ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7]...
  • Page 770 Signal sources for ZSW1 im Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target <1> ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7]...
  • Page 771 Signal sources for ZDSW2 im Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target ZSW2.0 1 = DDS effective bit 0 p2081[0] = r0051.0 [8565] ZSW2.1 1 = DDS effective bit 1 p2081[1] = r0051.1 ZSW2.2 Reserved...
  • Page 772 Signal sources for ZSW3 im Interface Mode SINAMICS <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] internal [Function diagram] signal Signal Meaning Inverted parameters status word source ZSW3.0 1 = DC braking active [2511.7] [7017.5] ZSW3.1 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) [2511.7] [2534.7] [2534.7] ZSW3.2 1 = |n_act| >...
  • Page 773 Signal sources for MELDW <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target MELDW.0 1 = Ramp-up/ramp-down completed p2082[0] = r2199.5 [2537.7] [8011] MELDW.1 1 = Torque utilization < torque threshold value 2 (p2194) p2082[1] = r2199.11 [2537.7] [8012]...
  • Page 774 Signal targets for POS_STW (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target POS_STW.0 1 = Activate Tracking mode p2655[0] = r2092.0 [3635] POS_STW.1 1 = Set home position p2596 = r2092.1 [3612] POS_STW.2 1 = Reference cam active...
  • Page 775 Signal targets for POS_STW1 (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target POS_STW1.0 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 0 p2625 = r2091.0 POS_STW1.1 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 1 p2626 = r2091.1 POS_STW1.2 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 2...
  • Page 776 Signal targets for POS_STW2 (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target POS_STW2.0 1 = Activate Tracking mode p2655[0] = r2092.0 [3635] POS_STW2.1 1 = Set home position p2596 = r2092.1 [3612] POS_STW2.2 1 = Reference cam active...
  • Page 777 Signal targets for POS_ZSW (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target POS_ZSW.0 1 = Tracking active p2084[0] = r2683.0 [3645] POS_ZSW.1 1 = Velocity limiting active p2084[1] = r2683.1 [3645] POS_ZSW.2 1 = Setpoint available p2084[2] = r2683.2...
  • Page 778 Signal targets for POS_ZSW1 (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target POS_ZSW1.0 1 = Active traversing block, bit 0 p2083[0] = r2670.0 [3650] POS_ZSW1.1 1 = Active traversing block, bit 1 p2083[1] = r2670.1 [3650] POS_ZSW1.2...
  • Page 779 Signal targets for POS_ZSW2 (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target POS_ZSW2.0 1 = Tracking active p2084[0] = r2683.0 [3645] POS_ZSW2.1 1 = Velocity limiting active p2084[1] = r2683.1 [3645] POS_ZSW2.2 1 = Setpoint available p2084[2] = r2683.2...
  • Page 780 <4> <5> r2090.0 PZD1 recv bitw <1> <4> <4> r2090.15 PZD1 recv bitw PZD receive word 1 r2050 PROFINET PZD recv word r2091.0 PZD2 recv bitw PROFIBUS r2060 PZD recv DW r2091.15 PZD2 recv bitw PZD receive word 2 r2050 PZD recv word r2092.0 PZD3 recv bitw...
  • Page 781 <3> Diag send DW Diag send word r2063 [0…15] r2053 [0…16] p2051[0] PZD send word <3> (2089[0]) <1> PZD send word 1 <1> p2061[0] PZD send DW p2051[1] PZD send word PZD 1+2 (2089[0]) (63[0]) PZD send word 2 p2061[1] PZD send DW p2051[2] PZD send word...
  • Page 782 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].0 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0…15] Bin/con ZSW send r2089 (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW inv Bin/con ZSW1 p2088 [2].15 p2080[0…15] Bin/con ZSW send (899.0) r2089 (0.0) [15] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088...
  • Page 783 Eth/IP profile 0 ... 1 r2090...r2095 Bit p8980 (0) r2050[0...7] WORD Signal receivers for PZD receive signals r2060[0...10] DWORD SINAMICS (PROFINET) Fieldbus PROFIdrive Interconnection [2401] – [2472] Signal Equivalent at ODVA Data type Scaling „EtherNet/IP“ Signal No. parameter (p2030 = 10) ODVA (bit serial) STW1...
  • Page 784 Signal targets for SATZANW (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target SATZANW.0 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 0 p2625 = r2091.0 [3640] SATZANW.1 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 1 p2626 = r2091.1 [3640] SATZANW.2...
  • Page 785 Signal targets for AKTSATZ (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target AKTSATZ.0 1 = Active traversing block, bit 0 r2670.0 AKTSATZ.1 1 = Active traversing block, bit 1 r2670.1 AKTSATZ.2 1 = Active traversing block, bit 2 r2670.2 AKTSATZ.3...
  • Page 786 Signal targets for MDI_MOD (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target 1 = Absolute positioning is selected MDI_MOD.0 p2648 = r2094.0 [3620] 0 = Relative positioning is selected p2651 / p2652 MDI_MOD.1 p2651 = r2094.1 [3620]...

  • Page 787: Canopen Communication

    9208 – Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) 9210 – Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) 9220 – CANopen control word interconnection 9226 – Status word CANopen (r8784) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 788 Receive PDO 1 Mapping RPDO 1 0000 hex ... 8000 06DF hex 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8700[0..1] (8000 06DF hex) p8710[0..3] (0000 hex) <2> Automatic assignment of the PZD1 recv bitw RPDOs to the receive buffer. Receive buffer <1>...
  • Page 789 Receive PDO 1 Mapping RPDO 1 0000 hex ... 8000 06DF hex 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8700[0..1] (8000 06DF hex) p8710[0..3] (0000 hex) <2> Automatic assignment of the PZD1 recv bitw RPDOs to the receive buffer. Receive buffer RPDO 1 <1>...
  • Page 790 Transmit PDO 1 Mapping TPDO 1 CANopen send words 1 ... 7 0000 hex ... C000 06DF hex 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8720[0..4] (C000 06DF hex) p8730[0..3] (0000 hex) Diag send word <1> Automatic assignment of the r2053[0..16] Send buffer send buffer to the TPDOs PZD send word...
  • Page 791 Transmit PDO 1 Mapping TPDO 1 CANopen send words 1 ... 7 0000 hex ... C000 06DF hex 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8720[0..4] (C000 06DF hex) p8730[0..3] (0000 hex) Diag send word Automatic assignment of the <1> r2053[0..16] send buffer to the TPDOs Send buffer PZD send word...
  • Page 792 Signal targets for control word CANopen <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning parameters internal control word signal target = ON (pulses can be enabled) STW.0 p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control 0 = OFF1 (braking with RFG, then pulse suppression and ready for switching on) 1 = No coast-down activated (enable possible) STW.1 p0844[0] = r2090.1...
  • Page 793 Status word Bit No. Status word CANopen r8784 From sequence control 1 = Ready for switching on From sequence control 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) From sequence control 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) From fault buffer [8060] 1 = Fault present...

  • Page 794: Communication Fieldbus Interface (Uss, Modbus)

    9352 – ZSW1 status word interconnection 9360 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 9370 – Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 9372 – Status words, free interconnection SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 795 Fieldbus configuration Monitoring functions Fieldbus t_monit 0 ... 1999999 [ms] p2040 (100) Cyclic telegrams from the master F01910 "Fieldbus IF: setpoint timeout" No telegrams from the master Field bus address p2021 p2021 Field bus baud p2020 Actual address Memory >0 configuration Field bus USS PZD p2022...
  • Page 796 Signal targets for fieldbus STW1 Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target = ON (pulses can be enabled) STW1.0 p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) STW1.1 p0844[0] = r2090.1...
  • Page 797 Signal sources for fieldbus ZSW1 Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target <1> 1 = Ready for switching on Sequence control ZSW1.0 p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control...
  • Page 798 r2090.0 PZD1 recv bitw r2090.15 PZD1 recv bitw <1> PZD receive word 1 r2050 PZD recv word r2091.0 PZD2 recv bitw r2091.15 PZD2 recv bitw <2> PZD receive word 2 r2050 PZD recv word r2092.0 PZD3 recv bitw r2092.15 PZD3 recv bitw Fieldbus PZD receive word 3 r2050...
  • Page 799 Diag send word r2053[0 … 7] p2051[0] <1> PZD send word (2089[0]) PZD send word 1 <1> p2051[1] PZD send word (2089[0]) PZD send word 2 <2> p2051[2] PZD send word (2089[0]) PZD send word 3 p2051[3] PZD send word (2089[0]) PZD send word 4 Send telegram...
  • Page 800 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].0 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0…15] Bin/con ZSW send r2089 (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW inv Bin/con ZSW1 p2088 [2].15 p2080[0…15] Bin/con ZSW send (899.0) r2089 (0.0) [15] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].0...
  • Page 801 2546 – Control word, faults/alarms (r2138) 2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 (r2139 and r2135) 2610 – Sequence control - Sequencer 2634 – Sequence control - missing enable signals, line contactor control SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 802: Internal Control/Status Words

    PROFIdrive-Bit OFF2 S_src 1 STW seq_ctrl <1> p0844 [C] r0898 Bit No. Control word sequence control (r0898) <2> (2090.1) r0898 p0840 [C] ON / OFF (OFF1) = ON & OFF2 S_src 2 <1> (2090.0) r0898.0 To control word 1 [2512.4] 0 = OFF1 active p0845 [C] 1 = Operating condition, no coast down active (OFF2 inactive)
  • Page 803 PROFIdrive-Bit ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 Bit No. Status word sequence control (r0899) r0899 From sequence control 1 = Ready for switch on r0899.0 [2510.1] [2610] From sequence control 1 = Ready (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) r0899.1 [2510.1] [2610] From sequence control 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) [2510.1], [4015.1] r0899.2...
  • Page 804 STW setpoint chan r1198 Bit No. Control word setpoint channel (r1198) r1198 p1020 [C] n_set_fixed Bit 0 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2], [3011.2] 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 r1198.0 To control word 2 [2513.2] p1021 [C] n_set_fixed Bit 1 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2], [3011.2] 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 r1198.1...
  • Page 805 ZSW 1 r0052 Bit No. Status word 1 (r0052) r0052 r0899 [2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 1 = Ready for switch on r0052.0 r0899 [2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 1 = Ready (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) r0052.1 r0899 [2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 1 = Operation enabled (voltage at output terminals) r0052.2...
  • Page 806 ZSW 2 r0053 Bit No. Status word 2 (r0053) r0053 r1239 [7017.5] DCBRK ZSW r1239 1 = DC braking active r0053.0 r2197 [2534.7] ZSW monitor 1 r2197 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) r0053.1 r2197 [2534.7] ZSW monitor 1 r2197 1 = |n_act| >...
  • Page 807 OFF2 S_src 1 STW 1 p0844 [C] r0054 Bit No. Control word 1 (r0054) (2090.1) STW seq_ctrl r0054 p0840 [C] ON / OFF (OFF1) r0898 [2501.7] & OFF2 S_src 2 (2090.0) 0 = OFF1, Shutdown via ramp, followed by pulse inhibit Sequence control r0898 p0845 [C]...
  • Page 808 Suppl STW r0055 Bit No. Supplementary control word (r0055) r0055 r1198 [2505.7] STW setpoint chan r1198 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 Fixed speed values r1198 [2505.7] STW setpoint chan r1198 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 Fixed speed values r1198 [2505.7] STW setpoint chan...
  • Page 809 STW n_ctrl r1406 Bit No. Control word speed controller (r1406) r1406 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved p1476 [C] n_ctrl integ stop 1 = speed controller, hold I component r1406.04 [6040.3] p1477 [C] n_ctrl integ set 1 = speed controller, set I component r1406.05 [6040.3] Reserved...
  • Page 810 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 Bit No. Status word, speed controller (r1407) r1407 1 = U/f control active r1407.0 1 = Torque control p1501 r1406 1 = Sensorless operation active r1407.1 [4715.5] r1406 [2520.7] 1 = Closed-loop torque control active r1407.2 p1300 = M From sequence control 1 = Closed-loop speed control active r1407.3...
  • Page 811 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 Bit No. Status word closed-loop control (r0056) r0056 1 = Initialization completed r0056.0 1 = De-magnetization completed r0056.1 1 = Pulse enable available r0056.2 1 = Soft starting available <1> r0056.3 [6722.6] 1 = Magnetization completed r0056.4 [2701.1] [6301.4]...
  • Page 812 ZSW I_ctrl r1408 Bit No. Status word, current control (r1408) r1408 1 = Current controller active r1408.0 [6714.5] 1 = Id controller I comp. limiting r1408.1 Reserved 1 = Voltage limiting [6714.8] r1408.3 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved [6730.3] 1 = Speed adaptation limiting r1408.10 [6730.3]...
  • Page 813 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 Bit No. Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197) r2197 From monitoring functions [8022.8] 1 = |n_act| ” n_min p1080 r2197.0 [2511.2] From speed signals [8010.8] 1 = |n_act| ” speed threshold value 2 (p2155) <1> r2197.1 [2511.2] 1 = |n_act| >...
  • Page 814 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 Bit No. Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198) r2198 From monitoring functions [8023.8] 1 = |n_act| ” speed threshold 5 r2198.0 From monitoring functions [8023.8] 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold 5 r2198.1 From monitoring functions [8023.8] 1 = |n_act| ”...
  • Page 815 PROFIdrive-Bit ZSW monitor 3 r2199 Bit No. Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) r2199 From speed signals [8010.8] 1 = |n_act| < speed threshold value 3 (p2161) r2199.0 <1> From speed signals [8010.8] 1 = f or n comparison value reached or exceeded (p2141) r2199.1 Reserved Reserved...
  • Page 816 PROFIdrive-Bit STW fault/alarm r2138 Bit No. Control word, faults/alarms r2138 Reserved 1st acknowledge Reserved p2103 [C] (2090.7) Reserved 2nd acknowledge p2104 [C] (722.2) 1 = Acknowledge fault [2512.4], [8060.1] r2138.7 3rd acknowledge Reserved p2105 [C] Reserved Pulse generator External alarm 1 p2112 [C] 1 = External alarm 1 (A07850) effective r2138.10 [8065.1]...
  • Page 817 ZSW fault/alarm 1 r2139 Bit No. Status word, faults/alarms 1 r2139 1 = Acknowledgment running r2139.0 1 = Acknowledgment required r2139.1 Reserved From the fault buffer [8060.7] 1 = Fault present r2139.3 [2510.2] Reserved 1 = Internal signal 1 present r2139.6 From the alarm buffer [8065.4] 1 = Alarm present...
  • Page 818 p0857 … p0862 POWER ON <1> <2> 2000.00 μs Pulse enable HW Fault with OFF1- or <4> . . . [2701.8] OFF3 response S1: Switching on inhibited Drive at standstill From all states ZSWA.06 = 1, ZSWA.11 = 0 ZSWA.00/01/02 = 0 Drive at standstill "0 = OFF"...
  • Page 819 Missing enable sig Control Unit r0046 2000.00 μs Bit No. Missing enable signals (r0046) r0046 1 = OFF1 enable missing r0046.0 [3020.5] 1 = OFF2 enable missing r0046.1 1 = OFF3 enable missing r0046.2 [3060.1] 0 = Internal quick stop [3060.4] Line supply 1 = Operation enable missing...
  • Page 820 3 Function diagrams 3.9 Brake control Brake control Function diagrams 2701 – Basic brake control SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 821: Brake Control

    ZSW seq_ctrl p0858 r0898 1 = Command close r0899 <7> Pulse suppr t_del r0898.14 [2501.7] brake 0.000 ... 299.000 [s] r0899 [2503.3] RESET p1228 (0.010) p0856 r0898 Actual speed [rpm] 1 = Command, close holding brake 1 = Enable speed (Q=0) r0898.12 r0063...
  • Page 822 2810 – SS1 (Safe Stop 1), STO (Safe Torque Off) (Part 1) 2812 – STO (Safe Torque Off) (Part 2) - PM240-2 FS D-F 2813 – F-DI (Fail-safe Digital Input) 2814 – SBC (Safe Brake Control) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 823: Safety Integrated Basic Functions

    Changing safety parameters Safety commissioning mode SI act chksm P1 SI setp_chksm P1 [2802.1], [2810.3] r9798 p9799 --> select STO Safety parameterizing enable Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 = 95 Safety parameters SI password inp Enter password Safety parameters & & p9761 can be changed.
  • Page 824 Safety Integrated version Monitoring clock cycle SI version Drv P1 SI mon_clk cyc P1 [ms] r9770 r9780 F01611 Safety monitoring functions F30611 [2810.1] STO-Klemme P1 (r0722.4) 1 = Faults with response "NONE" STOP F SI status P1 [2810.1] STO terminal P2 (r0722.5) r9772 [2804.1] r9772...
  • Page 825 Status word Safety Integrated Status word Safety Integrated Status word Safety Integrated Processor 1 Processor2 Processor 1 and Processor 2 SI status P1 SI Status P2 SI status P1+P2 r9772 r9872 r9773 Status (Processor 1) Status (Processor 2) Status (Processor 1 + Processor 2) r9772 r9872 r9773...
  • Page 826 Processor 1 <4> 1 = STO cause: selection [2812.6] r9772.25 1 = STO on P1 active 1 = STO selected on P1 <4> PROFIsafe (Basic Functions) 1 = STO cause, selection via r9772.0 [2804.1] r9772.1 [2812.3] terminal on Power Module 1 = SS1 cause [2804.1] r9772.20...
  • Page 827 +24 V DIP_B Shutdown upper 4 ms Power Module FCP_dyn STO PM-T t IGBT bridge Enable STO p9661 1 = No request pulse halve p9601.7/ suppression P1 STO_B [2810.7] [2810.5] 1 = Test stop for STO via p9801.7 PM terminals required <1>...
  • Page 828 SI F-DI chg t P1 SI F-DI chg t P2 0.00 ... 2000.00 [ms] 0.00 ... 2000000.00 [μs] p9650 (500.00) p9850 (500000.00) SI STO t_debou P1 Kl. 9 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] +24V OUT p9651 (1.00) [2810.6] Kl. 16 DI 4 Kl.
  • Page 829 Processor 1 1 = "SBC enabled" Enable signals for SBC P1 > 0 F07930 "Incorrect brake control" SI enable fct P1 p9601 & F01630 "Incorrect safety brake control, P1" SI enable SBC P1 <2> Not if: <2> p9602 p9602 = p9802 = 0 and p1278 = 1 1 = "Fault, brake control"...
  • Page 830 2855 – Extended Functions via F-DI (p9601.2 = 1 and p9601.3 = 0) 2856 – Safe State selection 2857 – F-DO assignment 2858 – Extended Functions via PROFIsafe (9601.2 = 1 and 9601.3 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 831: Safety Integrated Extended Functions

    Changing safety parameters Safety commissioning mode [2802.1], [2810.3] SI Mtn act CRC P1 SI Mtn setp CRC P1 r9728 p9729 --> select STO Safety parameterizing enable Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 = 95 Safety parameters SI password inp Enter password Safety parameters &...
  • Page 832 <1> r9722 1 = SS1 active Safe Acceleration Monitor / [2855.5] r9722.1 Safe Brake Ramp exceeded <2> [2858.6] STO initiate & [2810.1] Actual value speed < p9360/p9560 <1> r9720 [2855.4] 1 = STO de-select r9722 r9720.0 [2840.5] <2> r9722.0 [2858.3] SI Mtn IL t_del P1 1 = STO or safe pulse 0.00 ...
  • Page 833 Safe motion monitoring SI Mtn ramp ref P1 SI Mtn rp t_mon P1 SI Mtn ramp t P1 p9581 p9583 p9582 SI Mtn integ diag r9723 Safe brake-ramp monitoring (SBR) SI Mtn fct_spc P1 r9723 p9506 SI Mtn SLS t P1 1 = SAM/SBR active p9551 SI Mtn integ STW...
  • Page 834 SI Mtn SSM v_limP1 SI Mtn SSM v_limP2 0.00 ... 100000.00 [rpm] 0.00 ... 100000.00 [rpm] p9546 (20.00) p9346 (20.00) SI Mtn enable P1 SI Mtn enable P2 p9501.16 p9301.16 SI Mtn SSM filt P1 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p9545 (0.00) SI Mtn int stat P1 r9722 [2855.5] <1>...
  • Page 835 SI Mtn setp_lim [rpm] SI Mtn enable P1 SI Mtn enable P2 r9733[0..2] p9501.17 p9301.17 <3> SI Mtn SDI tol P1 SI Mtn SDI Stop P1 0.001 ... 360.000 [°] 0 ... 1 p9564 (12.000) p9566 (1) SI Mtn integ STW SI Mtn SDI t P1 r9720 0.00 ...
  • Page 836 SI Mtn integ STW SI Mtn int stat P1 r9720 r9722 Bit No. Control word Bit No. Status word r9720 r9722 <1> [2855.4] <1> [2855.6] 1 = STO de-select r9720.0 1 = STO or safe pulse cancellation active r9722.0 <2> [2858.3] <2>...
  • Page 837 SI Mtn DI chg t P1 SI Mtn F-DI t P2 1.00 ... 2000.00 [ms] 1.00 ... 2000.00 [ms] Kl. 9 +24V OUT p10002 (500.00) p10102 (500.00) SI DI t_debounceP1 Kl. 28 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] SI DI status P1 p10017 (1.00) Kl.
  • Page 838 SI DO status P1 r10052 SI Mtn F-DOs_srcP1 r10052 0 ... 13 p10042 (0) DO 0 Kl. 18 Safety control Kl. 19 Processor 1 CU DO status +24 V r0747 Kl. 20 F-DO 0 CU DO status r0747 [2857.8] DO 2 Kl.
  • Page 839 F-DI assignment SI Motion SI Mtn int stat P1 1 = STO active Statically active r9722 r9722 F-DI 0 [2850.8] [2819.8], [2840.5] F-DI 1 [2850.8] SI Mtn integ STW 1 = SS1 active 1 = De-select STO F-DI 2 r9722.1 [2850.8] r9720 [2819.8], [2840.5]...
  • Page 840 1 = Power removed 1 = SS1 active [2855.6] Reserved p10039.0 Reserved 1 = Safe state [2857.1] 1 = SLS active [2855.6] p10039.6 1 = SDI pos active [2855.6] 1 = SDI neg active [2855.6] Safety Integrated Extended Functions Function diagram fp_2856_97_55.vsd - 2856 - Safe State selection...
  • Page 841 No function [2855.6] 1 = STO active [2855.6] SI Mtn F-DOs_srcP1 1 = SS1 active [2855.6] p10042 SI Mtn F-DOs_srcP1 <1> p10042 SI Mtn F-DOs_srcP1 p10042 1 = SLS active SI Mtn F-DOs_srcP1 [2855.6] p10042 1 = SSM feedback signal active [2855.6] SI Mtn F-DOs_srcP1 F-DO 0...
  • Page 842 Extended Functions 1 = STO active r9722.0 [2819.8], [2840.5] 1 = De-select STO 1 = SS1 active r9720.0 r9722.1 [2819.1], [2840.1] [2819.8], [2840.5] 1 = De-select SS1 r9720.1 [2819.1], [2840.1] 1 = SLS active r9722.4 [2820.8], [2840.5] Internal event 1 = De-select SLS r9722.7 r9720.4 [2840.5]...
  • Page 843 3 Function diagrams 3.12 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 3.12 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe Function diagrams 2915 – Standard telegrams 2917 – Manufacturer-specific telegrams SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 844: Safety Integrated Profisafe

    Ps telegram_sel p60022 Interconnec- tion is made according to Telegram PZD1 S_STW1 S_ZSW1 PZD2 PZD3 PZD4 PZD5 PZD6 PZD7 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10 PZD11 PZD12 PZD13 PZD14 PZD15 PZD16 PZD17 PZD18 PZD19 PZD20 PZD21 PZD22 PZD23 PZD24 PZD25 PZD26 PZD27 PZD28 PZD29 PZD30 PZD31...
  • Page 845 Ps telegram_sel p60022 Interconnec- tion is made according to Telegram PZD1 S_STW1 S_ZSW1 PZD2 S_STW5 S_ZSW5 PZD3 PZD4 PZD5 PZD6 PZD7 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10 PZD11 PZD12 PZD13 PZD14 PZD15 PZD16 PZD17 PZD18 PZD19 PZD20 PZD21 PZD22 PZD23 PZD24 PZD25 PZD26 PZD27 PZD28 PZD29...
  • Page 846 3040 – Direction limitation and direction reversal 3050 – Skip frequency bands and speed limitations 3060 – Basic ramp-function generator 3070 – Extended ramp-function generator 3080 – Ramp-function generator selection, status word, tracking SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 847: Setpoint Channel

    STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 STW seq_ctrl r0898 Main setpoint r0898 p1070 [C] RFG setp at inp [rpm] (2050[1]) r1119 Suppl setp p1071 p1075 [C] [6300.1] Setp after limit [6850.1] [rpm] n_set_1 + / - r1114 p1076 Jog 1 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] p1058 [D] (150.000) Jog 2 n_set -210000.000 ...
  • Page 848 n_set_fix select 1 ... 2 p1016 (1) n_set_fixed No act 0.000 0 0 0 0 r1197 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 p1020 r1198 [3011] n_set_fixed 1 [rpm] r1198.0 [2505.6] 0 0 0 1 p1001 [D] (0.000) 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 n_set_fixed 2 [rpm] p1021 r1198...
  • Page 849 n_set_fix select 1 ... 2 p1016 (1) 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 p1020 r1198 r1198.0 [2505.6] [3010] 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 p1021 r1198 r1198.1 [2505.6] n_setp_fix status [3010] r1025 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 2 p1022 r1198 r1198.2 [2505.6] [3010]...
  • Page 850 Data save active The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p1040. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a ashion after OFF and after ON set to the saved value. Automatic mode Ramp-function generator active Without ramp-function generator in automatic mode (ramp-up/ramp-down time = 0).
  • Page 851 <1> STW seq_ctrl PcCtrl active p1055 r0898 r0807.0 r0898 [2501.7] Setpoint from external operating tool or operator panel. STW seq_ctrl p1056 r0898 Interp_cyc n_set p1079 (0.00) r0898 Main setp scal [2501.7] p1071 [C] <5> Total setpoint eff [rpm] r1078 Main setpoint Main setpoint eff [rpm] <4>...
  • Page 852 STW setpoint chan STW setpoint chan STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 r1198 p1113 p1110 p1111 r1198 r1198 r1198 [2505.6] [2505.2] [2505.2] 1 = Setpoint inversion 1 = Inhibit negative direction 1 = Inhibit positive direction Setp_chan n_lim 0.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] p1063 [D] (210000.000) Setp after limit [rpm] n_set_1...
  • Page 853 n_skip 1 [rpm] n_skip 2 [rpm] n_skip 3 [rpm] n_skip 4 [rpm] n_limit pos p1091 [D] (0.000) p1092 [D] (0.000) p1093 [D] (0.000) p1094 [D] (0.000) p1085 [C] <1> <1> <1> <1> (1083[0]) n_limit pos eff [rpm] n_skip scal r1084 p1098 [C] [6030.1] [6640.5]...
  • Page 854 RFG ramp-up time [s] RFG ramp-down time [s] OFF3 t_RD [s] p1120 [D] (10.000) p1121 [D] (10.000) p1135 [D] (0.000) RFG t_RD scal <5> p1139 [C] RFG t_RU scal 0 = Internal quick stop p1138 [C] [2634.8] STW setpoint chan <3>...
  • Page 855 RFG ramp-down time OFF3 t_RD RFG t_start_round RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd RFG t_end_delay RFG OFF3 t_end_del 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] 0.000 ... 5400.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] p1121 [D] (10.000) p1135 [D] (0.000) p1130 [D] (0.000) p1136 [D] (0.000)
  • Page 856 r0898 [2501.7] r0898 Ramp-function generator enable STW seq_ctrl r0898.4 n_ctrl n_set 1 [2501.7] p1155 [C] n_ctrl n_set 1/2 [rpm] Ramp-function generator selection <2> <5> r1169 <3> n_ctrl n_set 2 p1160 [C] Plot friction characteristic <2> No OFF2 & No OFF3 Interpolator RFG selection p1115...
  • Page 857 3 Function diagrams 3.14 Setpoint channel not activated 3.14 Setpoint channel not activated Function diagrams 3095 – Generation of the speed limits (r0108.8 = 0) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 858: Setpoint Channel Not Activated

    <1> <2> n_limit pos 0.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] n_limit pos eff [rpm] p1083 [D] (210000.000) r1084 [8010.2] [3020.5] n_max Speed limits if a setpoint Reference value for the ramp-function generator [3060.4] 0.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] channel is not activated p1082 [D] (1500.000) [3070.4] (r0108.8 = 0."...
  • Page 859 3640 – Control word, block selection / MDI selection 3645 – Status word 1 (r2683) 3646 – Status word 2 (r2684) 3650 – Status word, active traversing block / MDI active (r2670) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 860: Basic Positioner (Epos)

    Jog 1 S_src p2589 (722.3) <3> Jog 2 S_src p2590 Jog incr (722.4) <2> p2591 <3> (722.5) 0 [LU] 1 = Travel parameterized distance (incremental) s_set act [LU] Jog 1 distance [LU] 0 = Travel endlessly r2671 p2587 (1000) <2> <1>...
  • Page 861 Srch for ref dir Ref_pt offset 1 = Negative p2604 Approach direction -2147482648 ... 2147482647 [LU] 0 = Positive POS_ZSW2 p2600 (0) r2684 r2684 [3646.3] Ref_cam pres <1> 0 ... 1 POS_ZSW2 p2607 (1) Ref_pt coord S_src r2684 p2598 Ref_pt coord val [3614.2] r2684 [3646.1]...
  • Page 862 POS_ZSW2 r2684 Reference point set corr) r2684 [3635.6] [3646.7] POS_ZSW2 With referencing Ref start Without referencing r2684 Reference point F1 = Inner window Inner window p2595 s_set F2 = Outer window r2684 0 ... 2147482647 [LU] s_act <1> p2601 (0) [3646.3] Outer window corr...
  • Page 863 MT_eval edge p2511 [1...2] MT_eval select p2510 [1...2] MeasVal valid fdbk p0488 Meas probe 1 input Meas val valid p2661 Ext BlckChg eval Measured value r2526.2 (2526.2) p0489 Meas probe 2 input 0 ... 1 memory p2632 (0) Ext BlckChg (0->1) p2633 [3616.1] ZSW act trav_block...
  • Page 864 A07461-A07472 Pos act/set value A07483, A07485-A07487 p2657 F07484 <5> Upper torque limiting effective [3617.7] r2686[0] [3635.6] Ext BlckChg s_act [LU] Torque limits Store r2686[1] Lower torque limiting effective [3617.7] <3> r2678 Torque setpoint r2687 <1> r2683.10 Direct output 1 via traversing block [3645.3] External block change Actual traversing block Direct output 2 via traversing block [3645.3]...
  • Page 865 Overview Following err max 0 ... 2147482647 [LU] p2634 [D] (1000) Target position Fixed stop reached r2526.4 Fixed stop reached p2637 (2526.4) [4025] Sensor Fixed stop monit 0 ... 2147482647 [LU] p2635 (100) Fixed stop outside Fixed stop outside window p2638 r2526.5 F07484 “Fixed stop outside the monitoring window“...
  • Page 866 MDI s_set p2642 Pos fixed value -2147482648 ... 2147482647 [LU] (2690[0]) [3620.1] p2690 (0) MDI v_set p2643 v fixed value (2691[0]) 1 ... 40000000 [1000 LU/min] [3620.1] p2691 (600) 100 % MDI a_over p2644 a_over fixed val 0.100 ... 100.000 [%] (2692[0]) [3620.1] p2692 (100.000)
  • Page 867 Pos act/set value Ext BlckChg s_act [LU] p2657 r2678 <3> [3635.5] (2521[0]) Store MDI trans_type sel 0 = Edge Controller enable <4> p2649 1 = Continuous & F07488 "Relative positioning not possible" MDI setp_accept <2> p2650 Acknowledgment, traversing block activated 0 = Reject traversing r2684.12 [3646.3]...
  • Page 868 S4: Operation (run) ZSWA.00/01/02/11 = 1, ZSWA.06 = 0 [2610] Jog 1 S_src p2589 <1> POWER ON r2669 = 0 hex p2589 = 1 (722.3) Initial state Jog 2 S_src p2590 “Target position reached“ r2684.10 = 1 (722.4) p2590 = 1 “Axis stationary“...
  • Page 869 SW limSwPlus S_src p2579 SW lim switch plus -2147482648 ... 2147482647 [LU] (2581[0]) p2581 (2147482647) End of traversing range SW lim sw act p2582 A07478 "Target position > software limit switch plus" & F07476 POS_ZSW2 "Target position > end of traversing range" 1 = Reference r2684 point set...
  • Page 870 Jerk lim 1 ... 100000000 [1000 LU/s³] p2574 (10000) Jerk limit act A07455 “Maximum velocity limited“ A07473 “Beginning of the traversing range reached“ 1 = Jerk limiting active p2575 A07474 “End of the traversing range reached“ r2684.6 [3646.3] A07479 “Software limit switch minus reached“ Backlash comp A07480 “Software limit switch plus reached“...
  • Page 871 Bit No. Control word, block selection Trav_blk sel bit 0 p2625 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 0 Trav_blk sel bit 1 p2626 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 1 Trav_blk sel bit 2 p2627 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 2 To “traversing block“...
  • Page 872 POS_ZSW1 r2683 Bit No. Status word, positioning mode r2683 From interpolator [3635.7] 1 = Tracking active r2683.0 [4020.1] From traversing range limits [3630.7] 1 = Velocity limiting active r2683.1 From interpolator [3635.7] 1 = Setpoint available r2683.2 [4020.1] / p2551 From interpolator [3635.7] 1 = Target position reached...
  • Page 873 POS_ZSW2 r2684 Bit No. Status word, positioning mode r2684 POS_ZSW2 r2684 [3612.7] r2684 1 = Reference point approach active r2684.0 [4010.1] r2684 [3614.7] r2684 1 = Flying referencing active r2684.1 [4010.1] POS_ZSW2 1 = Referencing active r2684.2 From "referencing/flying referencing" mode [3614.4] 1 = Print mark outside the outer window r2684.3...
  • Page 874 ZSW act trav_block r2670 Bit No. Status word, active traversing block r2670 Active traversing block, bit 0 r2670.0 Active traversing block, bit 1 r2670.1 Actual block from “traversing block“ mode Active traversing block, bit 2 r2670.2 [3616.4] Active traversing block, bit 3 r2670.3 Reserved Reserved...
  • Page 875 3.16 Position control 3.16 Position control Function diagrams 4010 – Position actual value preprocessing 4015 – Position controller 4020 – Standstill monitoring / positioning monitoring 4025 – Dynamic following error monitoring, cam controllers SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 876: Position Control

    Encoder 2 Enc Gn_ZSW ActVal_prep STW <4> r0481 r2520 [4720] [4730.5] [n -1] Encoder 1 LU per load rev Mot/load load rev ActVal_prep STW LU per 10 mm Ref_mark act 1 ... 2147483647 [LU] -1048576 ... 1048576 1 ... 2147483647 [LU] r2520 [4720] r2684...
  • Page 877 Enable 1 p2549 r2526 1 = Position control active (899.2) r2526 [2503.7] n_prectrl fact [3635.1] 0.00 ... 200.00 [%] Enable 2 & p2534 [D] (0.00) M_prectr M_inertia p2550 [C] 0.000000 ... 100000.000000 [kgm²] p2567 [D] (0.159155) n inp prectrl [rpm] r2566 M_prectrl val [Nm] r2526...
  • Page 878 Standstill window 0 ... 2147483647 [LU] p2542 (200) Standstill monitoring Mess setp fixed r2683 p2551 (2683.2) [3645.7] F07450 POS_ZSW1 "Standstill monitoring has responded" r2683 [3645.7] r2683 1 = Tracking active Single evaluation t_standstill monit during the positioning monitoring function 0.00 ... 100000.00 [ms] Position p2544 p2543 (200.00)
  • Page 879 Dynamic following error monitoring Position setpoint after the pre-control ballancing filter n_prectrl fact s_delta_monit tol F07452 "Following error too high" [4015.5] 0.00 ... 200.00 [%] 0 ... 2147483647 [LU] Follow error dyn [LU] p2534 [D] (0.00) p2546 [D] (1000) r2563 POS_ZSW2 r2684 [3646.3]...
  • Page 880 4720 – Encoder interface, receive signals, encoders 1 ... 2 4730 – Encoder interface, send signals, encoders 1 ... 2 4735 – Reference mark search with external zero mark, encoder 1 4750 – Absolute value for incremental encoder SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 881: Encoder Evaluation

    Configuration, absolute value encoder Encoders Control Unit <1> Enc grid div Enc_config eff 0 ... 250000000 [nm] Enc_typ sel p0407 [E] Rot enc pulse No. Enc abs multiturn Enc abs meas step Enc abs singleturn Enc rot dist ZM p0404 [E] Sq-wave enc A/B 0 ...
  • Page 882 Induction motor and synchronous motor Only for synchronous motor. Enc inv act value p0410 [E] Transformat_angle [°] Pole position sensing r0094 <2> Zero mark n_act T_smooth n_act_measurement Enc inv act value 0.00 ... 50.00 [ms] p0410 [E] p1441 [D] (0.00) Diag Gn_XIST1 Fine resolution n_act unsmoothed [rpm]...
  • Page 883 PROFIdrive-Bit <1> <5> <1> Enc Gn_STW S_src To the position sensing, Geb Gn_STW p0480 [n-1] encoder n [4704.3] Control word for encoder n (n = 1 or 2) r0487[n-1] To Reference mark search with equivalent zero mark, <1> Index [n-1] --> encoder n encoder 1 [4735.3] Selects the function to be activated (with bit value = 1) Index [0] -->...
  • Page 884 PROFIdrive-Bit Geb Gn_ZSW Encoder status bits from the to the sequence control for Gn_XIST2 position sensing, encoder n Status word from encoder n (n = 1 or 2) r0481[n-1] [4704.5] [4704.8] Feedback signal of the active function (1 = function active) Index [n-1] -->...
  • Page 885 Activate selected function Geb Gn_STW Selecting the function to be activated Position actual value 1 from encoder n [4720.5] r0487[n-1].0 [4704.8] Geb Gn_STW Enc Gn_XIST1 Store [4720.5] r0487[n-1].4 r0482 [n-1] & Geb Gn_STW [4720.5] r0487[n-1].7 <2> D memory element (flip-flop) ZM_equiv inp_term 0 ...
  • Page 886 POWER ON Zero mark p0481.13 Basic functions p4652 = 1 Gn_XIST1 <1> Gn_XIST2 Reset input XIST1_ERW p4652 = 2 Reset output XIST1_ERW p4652 = 3 Reset output Supporting absolute position at incremental XIST1_ERW res mode encoder 0 ... 3 p4652 (0) p0437.13 Enc Gn_XIST1 r0482...
  • Page 887 6724 – Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx) 6730 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1) 6731 – Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx) 6799 – Display signals SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 888: Vector Control / U/F Control

    Possible application classes (p0096) <1> For induction motor For synchronous motor For reluctance motor Applicable function diagrams: (p0300 = 1xx) (p0300 = 2xx) (p0300 = 6xx) Chapter "Vector control / U/f control" p0096 = 0 p0096 = 0 p0096 = 0 Power Module PM240 Chapter "U/f-control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1)"...
  • Page 889 [6050] Kp_n-/Tn_n adaptation n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn M_suppl 1 p1470 p1472 p1511 [C] Speed setpoint sum [rpm] n_ctrl Kp n lower n_ctrl Tn n lower Mot MomInert Ratio p1460 r1170 p1462 p0342 For Kp M_suppl 1 scal <1> <1>...
  • Page 890 Droop input Droop M_comp scal Droop input source -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] n_ctrl I-M_outp [Nm] 0 ... 3 <2> p1487 [D] (100.0) p1488 [D] (0) [6040.8] r1482 Droop M_comp Droop scal p1486 [C] 0.000 ... 0.500 <3> p1489 [D] (0.050) <1>...
  • Page 891 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] M_inert tot scal [kgm²] r0056 r1493 [6035.8] Calculated accelerating torque [6060.1] Acceleration calculation n_C n_act T_s SL a_prectrl scal 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] n_set I_comp p1452 [D] (10.00) [6040.1] p1496 [D] (0.0) r1439 >0 Pre-control balancing...
  • Page 892 n_ctrl config p1400 [D] Mot M_mom of inert p0341 [M] <4> 1 = moment of inertia estimator active Mot MomInert Ratio M_inert tot scal [kgm²] p0342 [M] [6031.2] r1493 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 a_prectrl scal p1496 [D] r1407 1 = moment of inertia estimator active 1 = moment of inertia estimator stabilized r1407.26 J_est t J...
  • Page 893 n_ctrl Kp n lower Kp_n_basic 0.000 ... 999999.000 p1460 [D] (0.300) <1> n_ctrl Tn n lower n_ctrl SL Tn <2> n_ctrl SL Kp <1> 0.00 ... 100000.00 [ms] 0.0 ... 100000.0 [ms] To Kp/Tn adaptation 0.000 ... 999999.000 p1462 [D] (20.00) p1472 [D] (20.0) [6050.3] p1470 [D] (0.300)
  • Page 894 Free Kp_n adaptation Free Tn adaptation active (p1400.6) [6490.7] Adapt_factor upper n_ctr adapt_sig Kp 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1455 [C] p1459 [D] (100.0) Adapt_factor lower 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1458 [D] (100.0) n_ctrl AdaptKpLow <1> 0.00 ... 400.00 [%] p1456 [D] (0.00) <1>...
  • Page 895 M_suppl 1 <5> M_suppl total [Nm] p1511 [C] [7010.8] r1515 <1> p1400.14 1 = Torque pre-control STW seq_ctrl [6490.7] M_suppl 1 scal r0898 M_suppl 2 scal p1512 [C] 1 = Speed controller enable [2501.7] -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] r0898 p1514 [D] (100.0) M_accel T_smooth M_suppl 2 0.00 ...
  • Page 896 Vdc_ctrl Tn p1251 [D] Vdc_max (Vector control) Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1250 [D] p1252 [D] Vdc ctr config vec p1240 [D] Vdc act val [V] 1 = Vdc_max controller active r0070 r0056 – r0056 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1242 Vdc_max dyn_factor Vdc controller active...
  • Page 897 Flying restart Slip Uf Res_damp Vdc_ctrl config Speed actual mode compensation gain p1280 value calculation p1334, p1335 p1338 p1200 [6310.8] [6310.4] [6320] Speed setpoint sum [rpm] [6310] r1170 RFG setp at inp [rpm] f_outp [Hz] Ramp-function [3001.8] r1119 r0066 generator [6310] [3060] [3070]...
  • Page 898 Linear Voltage max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 U/f Eco fac act v [%] Eco Mode r1348 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode 0 ... 23 Mot f_rated [Hz] p1300 [D] (0) Flux current control (FCC) p0310 [M] (0.00) Voltage max r0071 Dependent Mot U_rated p0304 the load current r0077...
  • Page 899 U/f resonance damping U/f slip compensation Uf Res_damp gain 0.00 ... 100.00 p1338 [D] (0.00) Brake f_start p1352 [C] Brake f_start <2> f_res damp -300.00 ... 300.00 [%] (1351[0]) [6300.7] p1351 [D] (0.00) – Uf Res_damp T 1.00 ... 1000.00 [ms] p1339 [D] (20.00) Slip comp lim val Slip comp scal...
  • Page 900 Vdc_ctrl Tn p1291 [D] Vdc_max (U/f control) Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1290 [D] p1292 [D] Vdc_ctr config U/f 0 ... 3 p1280 [D] (1) Vdc_min outp_lim p1293 [D] Vdc act val [V] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0070 r0056 – r0056 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1282...
  • Page 901 n_ctrl config p1400 [D] Factory setting Speed control configuration Bit No. Meaning [6040.2] 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active [6824.4] [6040.6] 1 = Sensorless vector control, freeze I component [6824.6] Reserved [6040.2] 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active [6824.4] 1 = Free Tn adaptation active [6050.6] Reserved 1 = Torque pre-control always active...
  • Page 902 Flux ctrl config p1401 [D] Factory setting Flux control, configuration Bit No. Meaning 1 = Flux setpoint, soft starting active [6722.5], [6837.5] 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active [6723.6], [6838.6] 1 = Flux build-up control active [6722.5], [6723.5], [6837.5], [6938.5] Reserved Reserved Reserved...
  • Page 903 Upper torque limit M_max upper p1522 [C] M_max up w/o offs [Nm] M_max upper <1> -1000000.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] (1520[0]) r1526 p1520 [D] (0.00) [6640.1] M_max upper scal p1528 [C] M_max upper scal (1524[0]) -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1524 [D] (100.0) Lower torque limit M_max lower p1523 [C]...
  • Page 904 Stall limit scal Mot L_leak total [mH] 80.0 ... 130.0 [%] Current limiting Speed limiting r0377 [M] p1553 [D] (100.0) Kp from speed controller [6040.5] Tn from speed controller [6040.6] [6723.3] Voltage max [Vrms] Iq stall 1 = Speed limiting control calculation [6724.4] r0071...
  • Page 905 Vdc act val [V] I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn r0070 U_output [Vrms] p1715 p1717 r0072 Iq_set [Arms] Mod_depth [%] M_set [Nm] r0077 r0074 U_set r0079 U_angle [6020.8] – Iq controller I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn [6710] Current setpoint filter p1715 p1717 Voltage max [Vrms] r0071 Id_set [Arms] r0075...
  • Page 906 ZSW cl-loop ctrl ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 [2526.7] 1 = Vdc_max controller active 1 = Frequency, negative [2526.7] [6220.8] r0056 r0056 Iq_max [6220.8] Isq_max [Arms] [6640.8] r1536 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.7] 1 = Vdc_min controller active [6220.8] r0056 Iq_min [6220.8] Isq_min [Arms]...
  • Page 907 Transv_decpl scal TrnsvDecplVmaxScal <2> 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] Mot L_leak total [mH] U_quad_decoupl [Vrms] p1726 [D] (75.0) p1727 [D] (50.0) r0377 [M] r1729 U_set 1 [6723.1] <1> Flux setp total [%] [6724.1] <2> r1598 <1> [6723.5] <2>...
  • Page 908 I_inject t_ramp I_set T_smooth 1 ... 10000 [ms] 4 ... 10000 [ms] p1601 [D] (20) p1616 [D] (40) MotMod status [6731.3] r1751.0 From Id_field weakening [6724.8] Mot phi_load opt 0.0 ... 135.0 [°] Id_setp total [Arms] p0327 [M] (90.0) r1624 Id_inject [6640.1], [6714.1] Iq_set [Arms]...
  • Page 909 Field weak T_smth Mot t_excitation p1584 [D] p0346 [M] Field weak scal p1401.0 p1586 [D] ZSW cl-loop ctrl 1 = Flux setpoint soft starting active r0056 Voltage max [Vrms] p1401.1 r0056 [2526.2] [6723.3] 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active r0071 1 = Magnetization completed p1401.2 Quick magnetizing active...
  • Page 910 Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp 0 ... 4 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 10 20.0 ... 150.0 [%] p1802 [D] (0) p1803 [D] (106.0) p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) <1> <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth Modulat_depth max [%] Voltage max [Vrms] r0073 r0071...
  • Page 911 Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp Modulator mode Modulat depth max 0 ... 4 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 10 20.0 ... 150.0 [%] p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) p1802 [D] (0) p1803 [D] (106.0) <1> <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth U_reserve dyn Field_ctr add_setp Mot I_mag_rtd act [Arms]...
  • Page 912 Power Module Control Unit Vdc act val [V] [6723.1] [6799.1] r0070 [8022.1] U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%] DC link voltage (Vdc) r0072 r0074 [6799.1] [6799.5] Pulse enable HW [8022.1] U_set [6300.8] [2701.8] [6714.8] U_angle [6714.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl Gain res_damp Current model p1740 r0056 ZSW n_ctrl...
  • Page 913 Control Unit Power Module Vdc act val [V] [6724.1] [6799.1] r0070 [8022.1] U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%] DC link voltage (Vdc) r0072 r0074 Pulse enable HW [6799.5] [6799.1] [8022.1] U_set [2701.8] [6714.8] U_angle [6714.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl Gain res_damp r0056 p1740 <1>...
  • Page 914 n_pre-control [6821.1] M_suppl 1 Kp adaptation Tn adaptation p1511 [C] n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn Speed setpoint sum [rpm] Mot MomInert Ratio p1470 p1472 r1170 p0342 For Kp M_suppl 1 scal [3001.8] Mot M_mom of inert adaptation p1512 [C] p0341 a_prectrl scal p1496...

  • Page 915: U/F Control, Standard Drive Control (P0096 = 1)

    6853 – U/f control, resonance damping and slip compensation (p0096 = 1) 6854 – U/f control, Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (p0096 = 1) 6856 – U/f control, interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 916 r0056 Flying restart Slip Uf Res_damp Vdc_ctrl config Speed actual mode compensation gain value calculation p1280 p1334, p1335 p1338 p1200 [6853.8] [6853.4] [6854] [2526] Speed setpoint sum [rpm] [6853] r1170 RFG setp at inp [rpm] f_outp [Hz] Ramp-function [6855.1] [3001.8] r1119 r0066 generator...
  • Page 917 Linear Voltage max [Vrms] Voltage max r0071 r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode 0 ... 23 p1300 [D] (0) Mot f_rated Dependent on p0310 [M] the load current Iq_act [Arms] [6850.3] [6856.1] r0078 Parabolic Voltage max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 f_set [6850.2] Mot f_rated...
  • Page 918 U/f resonance damping U/f slip compensation Uf Res_damp gain 0.00 ... 100.00 p1338 [D] (0.00) Brake f_start p1352 [C] Brake f_start f_res damp <2> -300.00 ... 300.00 [%] (1351[0]) [6850.7] – p1351 [D] (0.00) Uf Res_damp T 1.00 ... 1000.00 [ms] p1339 [D] (20.00) Slip comp scal Slip comp lim val...
  • Page 919 Vdc_ctrl Tn p1291 [D] Vdc_max (U/f control) Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1290 [D] p1292 [D] 0 ... 1 p1280 [D] (1) Vdc act val [V] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0070 r0056 [6856.1] – r0056 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] Vdc_max dyn_factor r1282 p1283 [D] Vdc_max SenseOnLev...
  • Page 920 Control Unit Power Module Vdc act val [V] [6854.1] DC link voltage (Vdc) [6799.1] r0070 [8022.1] U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%] Pulse enable HW r0072 r0074 [6799.1] [6799.5] [8022.1] U_set [6850.8] U_angle ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 [2526.2] f_outp [Hz] r0066 [6850.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056...

  • Page 921: Vector Control, Dynamic Drive Control (P0096 = 2)

    6839 – Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) 6841 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2) 6842 – Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 922 n_pre-control [6821.1] M_suppl 1 Kp adaptation Tn adaptation p1511 [C] n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn Speed setpoint sum [rpm] Mot MomInert Ratio p1470 p1472 r1170 p0342 For Kp M_suppl 1 scal [3001.8] Mot M_mom of inert adaptation p1512 [C] p0341 a_prectrl scal p1496...
  • Page 923 Vdc act val [V] I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn r0070 U_output [Vrms] p1715 p1717 r0072 Iq_set [Arms] Mod_depth [%] M_set [Nm] r0077 r0074 U_set r0079 U_angle [6820.8] – Iq controller I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn [6832] Current setpoint filter p1715 p1717 Voltage max [Vrms] Id_set [Arms] r0071 r0075...
  • Page 924 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 M_inert tot scal [kgm²] [2526.6] r0056 r1493 [6823.8] Calculated accelerating torque [6826.1] Acceleration calculation ZSW n_ctrl n_set before filt. [rpm] r1407 r0060 r1407 [6799.1] n_C n_act T_s SL [2522.3] 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] a_prectrl scal p1452 [D] (10.00) 0.0 ...
  • Page 925 n_ctrl config p1400 [D] Mot M_mom of inert p0341 [M] 1 = moment of inertia estimator active Mot MomInert Ratio M_inert tot scal [kgm²] p0342 [M] r1493 [6822.4] ZSW n_ctrl r1407 a_prectrl scal p1496 [D] r1407 1 = moment of inertia estimator active 1 = moment of inertia estimator stabilized r1407.26 J_est t J...
  • Page 926 Actual speed [rpm] r0063 n_ctr Tn n up scal n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] 0.000 ... 999999.000 0.0 ... 100000.0 [ms] p1463 [D] (100.0) p1470 [D] (0.300) p1472 [D] (20.0) <1> Kp_n_basic [6824.8] Tn_n_basic To Kp/Tn adaptation Tn_n_adapt Tn_n_basic [6824.1]...
  • Page 927 M_suppl 1 <5> M_suppl total [Nm] p1511 [C] [7010.8] r1515 <1> p1400.14 1 = Torque pre-control STW seq_ctrl [6490.7] M_suppl 1 scal r0898 M_suppl 2 scal p1512 [C] 1 = Speed controller enable [2501.7] -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] r0898 p1514 [D] (100.0) M_accel T_smooth M_suppl 2 0.00 ...
  • Page 928 Vdc_ctrl Tn p1251 [D] Vdc_max (Vector control) Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1250 [D] p1252 [D] Vdc ctr config vec p1240 [D] Vdc act val [V] 1 = Vdc_max controller active r0070 r0056 – r0056 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1242 Vdc_max dyn_factor Vdc controller active...
  • Page 929 Current limiting Speed limiting Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [M] Kp from speed controller [6824.5] Tn from speed controller [6824.6] Voltage max [Vrms] [6838.4] Iq stall 1 = Speed limiting control [6839.4] calculation r0071 active n_limit pos eff [rpm] Current max [Arms] Current limit r1407.17 [3050.8]...
  • Page 930 ZSW cl-loop ctrl ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 [2526.7] 1 = Vdc_max controller active 1 = Frequency, negative [2526.7] [6827.8] r0056 r0056 Iq_max [6827.8] Isq_max [Arms] [6828.8] r1536 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.7] 1 = Vdc_min controller active [6827.8] r0056 Iq_min [6827.8] Isq_min [Arms]...
  • Page 931 Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [M] Flux setp total [%] <1> [6838.5] U_soll 1 [6838.1] <1> r1598 <2> [6839.8] [6839.1] <2> Pre-control, de-coupling and limiting U_max 1 <1> [6838.3] [6839.3] <2> ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 Isq_ctr_prectrScal 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] ZSW I_ctrl r0056 [2526.2]...
  • Page 932 I_inject t_ramp I_set T_smooth 1 ... 10000 [ms] 4 ... 10000 [ms] p1601 [D] (20) p1616 [D] (40) MotMod status [6842.3] r1751.0 From Id_field weakening [6839.8] Mot phi_load opt 0.0 ... 135.0 [°] Id_setp total [Arms] p0327 [M] (90.0) r1624 Id_inject [6828.1], [6834.1] Iq_set [Arms]...
  • Page 933 Mot t_excitation 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] p0346 [M] (0.000) p1401.0 ZSW cl-loop ctrl 1 = Flux setpoint soft starting active r0056 Voltage max [Vrms] p1401.1 r0056 [2526.2] [6838.4] 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active r0071 1 = Magnetization completed p1401.2 Quick magnetizing active ZSW cl-loop ctrl 1 = Flux build-up control active...
  • Page 934 Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp Modulator mode Modulat depth max 0 ... 4 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 10 20.0 ... 150.0 [%] p1802 [D] (0) p1803 [D] (106.0) p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) <1> <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth Modulat_depth max [%] Voltage max [Vrms] r0073...
  • Page 935 Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp Modulator mode Modulat depth max 0 ... 4 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 10 20.0 ... 150.0 [%] p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) p1802 [D] (0) p1803 [D] (106.0) <1> <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth U_reserve dyn Field_ctr add_setp Mot I_mag_rtd act [Arms]...
  • Page 936 Control Unit Power Module Vdc act val [V] [6838.1] [6799.1] r0070 [8022.1] U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%] DC link voltage (Vdc) r0072 r0074 [6799.1] [6799.5] Pulse enable HW [8022.1] U_set [6834.8] U_angle [6834.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl Gain res_damp Current model <1> p1740 r0056 ZSW n_ctrl...
  • Page 937 Control Unit Power Module Vdc act val [V] [6839.1] [6799.1] r0070 [8022.1] U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%] DC link voltage (Vdc) r0072 r0074 Pulse enable HW [6799.5] [6799.1] [8022.1] U_set [6834.8] U_angle [6834.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl Gain res_damp r0056 p1740 <1> r0056 ZSW n_ctrl 1 = Sensorless...
  • Page 938 3 Function diagrams 3.21 Technology functions 3.21 Technology functions Function diagrams 7010 – Friction characteristic 7017 – DC braking (ASM, p0300 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 939: Technology Functions

    Record friction characteristic Friction ZSW r3840 Frict rec t_RU/RD r3840 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] p3846 [D] (10.000) Friction characteristic record activated Frict rec t_warm 0.000 ... 3600.000 [s] r3840.1 p3847 [D] (0.000) Friction characteristic record completed r3840.2 [3080.7] Friction characteristic record aborted Drive ON from the sequence control Frict rec act r3840.3...
  • Page 940 <1> <2> I_act abs val [Arms] Mot t_de-excitat DCBRK I_brake DCBRK time DCBRK n_start Current actual values 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Arms] 0.0 ... 3600.0 [s] 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] [6714] r0068[0..1] p0347 [M] (0.000) p1232 [M] (0.00) p1233 [M] (1.0) p1234 [M] (210000.00) n_act...
  • Page 941 7250 – BSW 0 ... 1, NSW 0 ... 1 7260 – LIM 0 ... 1 7262 – PT1 0 ... 1 7264 – INT 0, DIF 0 7270 – LVM 0 ... 1 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 942: Free Function Blocks

    Run-time group RTG sampling time [ms] r20001[1] = 8 ms r20001[2] = 16 ms r20001[3] = 32 ms r20001[4] = 64 ms r20001[5] = 128 ms r20001[6] = 256 ms r20001[0..9] Logic function blocks AND, OR, XOR, NOT Arithmetic function blocks ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, AVA, NCM, PLI Time function blocks MFP, PCL, PDE, PDF, PST...
  • Page 943 AND (AND function blocks) AND 0 AND 2 AND 0 RTG AND 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20032 (9999) p20040 (9999) AND 0 inputs AND 2 inputs p20030 p20038 AND 0 output Q AND 2 output Q r20031 r20039 AND 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 944 OR (OR function blocks) OR 0 OR 2 OR 0 RTG OR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20048 (9999) p20056 (9999) OR 0 inputs OR 2 inputs p20046 p20054 OR 0 output Q OR 2 output Q r20047 r20055 OR 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 945 XOR (XOR function blocks) XOR 0 XOR 2 XOR 0 RTG XOR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20064 (9999) p20072 (9999) XOR 0 inputs XOR 2 inputs p20062 p20070 XOR 0 output Q XOR 2 output Q r20063 r20071 XOR 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 946 NOT (inverter) NOT 0 NOT 3 NOT 0 RTG NOT 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20080 (9999) p20092 (9999) NOT 0 input I NOT 3 input I p20078 NOT 0 inv output p20090 NOT 3 inv output r20079 r20091 NOT 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 947 ADD (adder) SUB (subtracter) ADD 0 ADD 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20096 (9999) SUB 0 ADD 0 inputs p20094 SUB 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 ADD 0 output Y p20104 (9999) r20095 SUB 0 inputs p20102 SUB 0 difference Y X1 - X2 r20103 ADD 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 948 MUL (multiplier) DIV (divider) MUL 0 DIV 0 MUL 0 RTG DIV 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 5 ... 9999 p20112 (9999) p20121 (9999) MUL 0 inputs DIV 0 inputs DIV 0 quotient p20110 p20118 r20119 DIV 0 Quotient MUL 0 product Y DIV 0 Multiple integer quotient r20111...
  • Page 949 AVA (absolute value generator) AVA 0 AVA 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20131 (9999) AVA 0 output Y AVA 0 input X r20129 p20128 AVA 0 input neg SN r20130 AVA 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20132 (340) AVA 1 AVA 1 RTG 5 ...
  • Page 950 NCM (numeric comparator) NCM 0 NCM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20316 (9999) NCM 0 inputs X1 > X2 > r20313 NCM 0 output QU p20312 X1 = X2 r20314 NCM 0 output QE X1 < X2 < r20315 NCM 0 output QL NCM 0 RunSeq 0 ...
  • Page 951 PLI (polyline scaling) <1> PLI 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20376 (9999) Breakpoint 0 (A0/B0 = p20374[0]/p20375[0]) ... Breakpoint 19 (A19/B19 = p20374[19]/p20375[19]) PLI 0 X-coordinate A18/B18 -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20374 (0.0000) A19/B19 PLI 0 input X p20372 PLI 0 output Y PLI 0 r20373 A0/B0...
  • Page 952 MFP (pulse generator) PCL (pulse contractor) MFP 0 MFP 2 PCL 0 MFP 0 RTG MFP 0 pulse_dur ms MFP 2 RTG MFP 2 pulse_dur ms PCL 0 RTG PCL 0 pulse_dur ms 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ...
  • Page 953 PDE (ON delay) PDE 0 PDE 2 PDE 0 RTG PDE 0 t_del ms PDE 2 RTG PDE 2 t_del ms 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20161 (9999) p20159 (0.00) p20337 (9999) p20335 (0.00) PDE 0 inp_pulse I PDE 2 inp_pulse I p20158...
  • Page 954 PDF (OFF delay) PDF 0 PDF 2 PDF 0 RTG PDF 0 t_ext ms PDF 2 RTG PDF 2 t_ext ms 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20171 (9999) p20169 (0.00) p20347 (9999) p20345 (0.00) PDF 0 inp_pulse I PDF 2 inp_pulse I p20168...
  • Page 955 PST (pulse stretcher) PST 0 PST 0 RTG PST 0 pulse_dur ms 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20181 (9999) p20179 (0.00) PST 0 inputs p20178 PST 0 output Q Input pulse r20180 Reset input PST 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20182 (490) PST 1 PST 1 RTG...
  • Page 956 RSR (RS flip-flop) DFR (D flip-flop) RSR 0 RTG DFR 0 RTG RSR 0 DFR 0 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20191 (9999) p20201 (9999) DFR 0 inputs p20198 RSR 0 inputs DFR 0 output Q Trigger input RSR 0 output Q p20188 D input r20199...
  • Page 957 BSW (binary change-over switch) NSW (numeric change-over switch) BSW 0 NSW 0 BSW 0 RTG BSW 0 RunSeq NSW 0 RTG NSW 0 RunSeq 1 ... 9999 0 ... 7999 5 ... 9999 0 ... 32000 p20211 (9999) p20212 (580) p20221 (9999) p20222 (610) BSW 0 inputs...
  • Page 958 LIM (limiter) LIM 0 LIM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20234 (9999) LIM 0 QU LIM 0 upper lim LU LIM 0 input X -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 r20232 p20228 LIM 0 output Y p20229 (0.0000) r20231 LIM 0 QL LIM 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ...
  • Page 959 PT1 (smoothing element) PT1 0 PT1 1 PT1 0 T_smooth ms PT1 1 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20246 (0.00) p20252 (0.00) PT1 0 RTG PT1 0 RunSeq PT1 1 RTG PT1 1 RunSeq 5 ... 9999 0 ...
  • Page 960 INT (integrator) INT 0 INT 0 RTG INT 0 RunSeq 5 ... 9999 0 ... 32000 p20264 (9999) p20265 (700) INT 0 T_Integr ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20259 (0.00) INT 0 QU INT 0 upper lim LU INT 0 inputs r20262 -340.28235E36 ...
  • Page 961 LVM (double-sided limit monitor with hysteresis) LVM 0 LVM 1 LVM 0 avg value M LVM 1 avg value M -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20267 (0.0000) p20276 (0.0000) LVM 0 limit L LVM 0 hyst HY LVM 1 limit L LVM 1 hyst HY -340.28235E36 ...
  • Page 962 3.23 Technology controller Function diagrams 7950 – Fixed value, binary selection (p2216 = 2) 7951 – Fixed values, direct selection (p2216 = 1) 7954 – Motorized potentiometer 7958 – Closed-loop control SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 963: Technology Controller

    Tec_ctr FixVal sel 1 ... 2 p2216 [D] (1) 0 ... 15 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 Tec_ctrl No. act 0.00 % 0 0 0 0 p2220 [C] [7951] r2229 Tec_ctrl fix val1 [%] 0 0 0 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2201 [D] (10.00) p2221 [C] [7951]...
  • Page 964 Tec_ctr FixVal sel 1 ... 2 p2216 [D] (1) Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 [C] [7950] Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW [7950] r2225 r2225 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] [7950] Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] [7950] Tec_ctrl fix val1 [%] 0 0 0 1...
  • Page 965 Tec_ctr mop config p2230 [D] (0000 0100 bin) Data save active The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON is entered using r2231. Initial rounding-off active Without initial rounding.
  • Page 966 Tec_ctr integ hold Tec_ctrl outp scal p2252 r0056 p2286 [C] <3> p2296 [C] Tec_ctrl outp scal r0056 (56.13) (2295[0]) -100.00 ... 100.00 [%] Tec_ctrl lim enab p2295 (100.00) Tec_ctrl thr_skip p2290 [C] p2339 Tec_ctr set aftRFG [%] Tec_ctrl sys_dev [%] Tec_ctrl set1 scal Tec_ctrl status r2260...
  • Page 967 8017 – Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) 8018 – Motor temperature model 2 8019 – Motor temperature model 3 8021 – Thermal monitoring, power unit 8022 – Monitoring functions 1 8023 – Monitoring functions 2 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 968: Signals And Monitoring Functions

    Actual speed [rpm] n_act smth message [rpm] r0063 r2169 [4715.7] Speed setpoint sum [rpm] n_max r1170 [3080] n_ctrl n_set [rpm] r1438 [6031] [8011] Speed messages 2 M_set [Nm] r0079 [8010] Speed messages 1 [6060] M_max upper eff [Nm] Limit value monitor r1538 [6640] M_max lower eff [Nm]...
  • Page 969 n_limit pos eff [rpm] F07901 "motor overspeed" r1084 From setpoint limiting [3050.8] r1087 n_limit neg eff [rpm] ZSW monitor 1 Actual speed [rpm] r2197 r0063 r2197 [2534.3] [6799.4] |n_act| > n_max n_thresh val 3 n_act_filt T 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] 0 ...
  • Page 970 ZSW monitor 1 n_act smth message [rpm] r2197 r2169 [8010.2] r2197 [2534.3] n_act • 0 <1> n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [rpm] p2150 [D] (2.00) n_set for msg ZSW monitor 2 p2151 [C] r2198 (1170[0]) r2198 [2536.3] n_thresh val 3 [3080.8] n_set >...
  • Page 971 Motor locked detection or motor locked monitoring function (not for closed-loop torque control) Torque messages (not for U/f control) STW n_ctrl M_util t_off p1545 r1406 0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms] 1 = Traverse to fixed endstop Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode p2195 [D] (800.0) [2520.7] r1406 p1300...
  • Page 972 p2149.1 M_act_filt T A07926 "Envelop characteristic, parameter not valid" p3233 [D] <2> M [Nm] Actual torque [Nm] r0080 [6799.8] M_thresh 3 upper p2189 [D] (10000000.00) M_thresh 3 lower Load monit config Load monit resp p2190 [D] (0.00) p2193 [D] p2181 [D] Load monit t_del ZSW monitor 2 p2192 [D]...
  • Page 973 Mot temp_sensor Mot temp [°C] p0600 [8017.1] r0035 Mot_temp_sens type via motor temperature model 2 0 ... 6 [8018.8] Thermal monitoring motor p0601 [M] (0) via Encoder 1 [4704.8] Mod1/2/sens T_thr Mot temp response via Motor Module/CU terminals p0605 p0610 0 = No sensor [2201.3] PTC alarm and time...
  • Page 974 1 = Activate motor temperature model 1 expansions p0612.8 I2t F thresh p0615 F thresh p5391 1 = Activate motor temperature model 1 (I2t) Mot temp response p0612.0 (0) p0610 <5> Mot I_rated p0305 I_act abs val [Arms] <6> Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) r0068 model [8016.6]...
  • Page 975 1 = Activate motor 1 = Activate motor temperature temperature model 2 model 2 expansions p0612.1 (1) p0612.9 (1) Rated motor temperature rise Calculated motor temperatures Mot T_ambient Mod T_ambient [°C] r0630 [M] p0625 Motor temperature model 2 (Thermal 3-mass-model) Mot T_over core Mod T_stator [°C] r0631 [M]...
  • Page 976 Mot temp response 1 = Activate motor temperature model 3 Mod T_winding [°C] F thr image p5391 [°C] r0632 [M] r5399 [M] p0610 p0612.2 (0) <1> Threshold value for <2> F07011 Motor temperature model 3 [8016.6] I_act abs val [Arms] Mod T_stator [°C] r0068 r0631 [M]...
  • Page 977 Power module Control Unit Thermal monitoring for the power module ZSW fault/alarm 2 Maximum power module temperature r2135 T_max heatsink r2135 [2548.2] 1 = Fault power unit thermal overload Temperature measurement Faults "Power unit overtemperature" F30004 "Overtemperature heat sink AC inverter" F30024 "Overtemperature thermal model"...
  • Page 978 n_min p1080 n_act smth message [rpm] r2197 [8010.2] r2169 r2197.0 [2534.2] r0053 1 = |n_act| ” n_min p1080 r0053.2 n_hysteresis 3 [2511.6] RFG setp at inp [rpm] p2150 r2197 [3050.8] r1119 r2197.4 [2534.2] – r0053 1 = |n_act| • n_set n_standst n_thresh r0053.6 Pulse suppr t_del...
  • Page 979 n_thresh val 5 p2157 Del compar n_5 p2158 n_act smth message [rpm] r2198 [8010.2] r2169 r2198.0 [2536.2] 1 = |n_act| ” p2157 n_thresh val 5 p2157 Del compar n_5 n_hysteresis 3 p2158 p2150 r2198 r2198.1 [2536.2] 1 = |n_act| > p2157 n_thresh val 6 p2159 Del compar n_6...
  • Page 980 3 Function diagrams 3.25 Diagnostics 3.25 Diagnostics Function diagrams 8050 – Overview 8060 – Fault buffer 8065 – Alarm buffer 8070 – Faults/alarms trigger word (r2129) 8075 – Faults/alarms configuration SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 981: Diagnostics

    Fxxxxx Fyyyyy r0945 r0949 r0948 r2109 t_System relative Fault cases qty Code Value coming going Fzzzzz 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] 0 ... 65535 faults p0969 (0) p0952 (0) [8060] Fault buffer Axxxxx r2122 r2124 r2123 r2125 Ayyyyy Alarm counter Azzzzz Code Value coming...
  • Page 982 LED "RDY" [= red for fault] Act fault code Act fault val Comp_no act r2131 r3131 r3132 1 ms t_System relative 0 = "No fault present" <2> 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] p0969 (0) Diagnostic Fault time Fault time Component attribute 32 bit counter, Fault code Fault value...
  • Page 983 Actual alarm code r2132 <1> 0 = "No alarm present" Diagnostic Alarm code Alarm value Alarm time Alarm time Component attribute "received" "removed" alarm alarm Operating time [8060.1] Alarm times Counter 16 bit 1 = External alarm 1 (A07850) effective Alarm appears Alarms Alarm 1...
  • Page 984 F/A trigger sel 0 ... 65535 p2128 (0) F/A trigger word r2129 Fault/alarm trigger word 0. Message/signal present r2129 r2129.0 (e.g. as trigger condition to record traces) 0. Fault/alarm code 1. Message/signal present r2129.1 1. Fault/alarm code 15. Message/signal present [15] r2129.15 15.
  • Page 985 The fault response, acknowledge mode and message type for all faults and alarms are set to meaningful default values in the factory setting. DCBRK = DC Brake Changes are only possible in specific value ranges specified by SIEMENS. When the message type is changed, the supplementary information is tranferred from fault value r0949 to alarm value r2124 and vice versa.
  • Page 986 3 Function diagrams 3.26 Data sets 3.26 Data sets Function diagrams 8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) 8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) 8570 – Encoder Data Sets (EDS) SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 987: Data Sets

    Example: Change over command data set CDS0 --> CDS1 BI: p0810 = "0" BI: p0810 = "1" CDS0 selected CDS1 selected r0836.0 = 0 r0836.0 = 1 Source CDS Target CDS Start copy process p0809[0] (0) p0809[1] (1) p0809[2] (0) CDS0 effective CDS1 effective r0050.0 = 0...
  • Page 988 DDS (Drive Data Set) p0187[D] (Enc 1 EDS number) p0188[D] (Enc 2 EDS number) Copy DDS, source Copy DDS, target Copy DDS, start p0819[0] (0) p0819[1] (1) p0819[2] (0) DDS selected r0837 EDS (Encoder Data Set) DDS count DDS select., bit 0 r0837 1 ...
  • Page 989 DDS count 1 ... 4 p0180 (1) Encoder assignment DDS select., bit 0 DDS (Drive Data Set) p0820 [C] <1> p0187[D] (Enc 1 EDS number) DDS select., bit 1 Encoder Data Set for encoder 1 p0821 [C] p0188[D] (Enc 2 EDS number) p0400[E] …...
  • Page 990 3 Function diagrams 3.26 Data sets SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 991 Faults and alarms Content Overview of faults and alarms List of faults and alarms 1003 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 992 • The alarm is entered into the alarm buffer. How are alarms eliminated? • Alarms acknowledge themselves. If the cause of the alarm is no longer present, they automatically reset themselves. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 993: Overview Of Faults And Alarms

    STOP pulse disable • Instantaneous pulse suppression, the drive “coasts” to a standstill. • The motor holding brake (if one is being used) is closed immediately. • Switching-on inhibited is activated. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 994 (p0491) Factory setting: p0491 = 0 --> Encoder fault causes OFF2 Notice: When changing p0491, it is imperative that the information in the description of this parameter is carefully observed. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 995 The "Safe Torque Off" (STO) function must be deselected before these faults are acknowledged. PULSE SUPPRES- The fault can only be acknowledged when the pulses are inhibited (r0899.11 = 0). SION The same options are available for acknowledging as described under IMMEDIATE acknowledgment. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 996 (e.g. reaction to F, acknowledgment for F). Note You can change the default properties of a fault or alarm by setting parameters. References: SINAMICS G120 Operating Instructions, Inverter with CU250S-2 Control Units (Vector), Chapter "Alarms, faults, and system messages"...
  • Page 997 When the channel diagnostics are activated, the texts listed in the standard and the GSD file of the ET 200pro can be displayed. • NAMUR (r3113.x) Specifies the bit number in parameter r3113. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 998 PROFIBUS, PROFINET …) is faulted or interrupted. Check the state of the higher-level controller. Check the communication connection/-wiring. Check the bus configuration/cycles. Safety monitoring channel has detected an error (10) 9009 A safe operation monitoring function has detected an error. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 999 An error was identified in the parameterization or in a commissioning procedure, or the parameterization does not match the actual device configuration. Determine the precise cause of the fault using the commissioning tool. Adapt the parameterization or device configuration. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...

  • Page 1000: General

    Describes the possible causes of the fault or alarm. A fault or alarm value can also be specified (optional). Fault value (r0949, format): The fault value is entered in the fault buffer in r0949[0...63] and specifies additional, more precise information about a fault. SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units 1000 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
  • Page 1001 9000 12999 Reserved 13000 13020 Licensing 13021 13099 Reserved 13100 13102 Know-how protection 13103 19999 Reserved 20000 29999 30000 30999 DRIVE-CLiQ component power unit 31000 31999 DRIVE-CLiQ component encoder 1 SINAMICS G120 CU250S-2 Control Units 1001 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33842890...
Save PDF